diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/cce/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index 658e1edeb..40bf6e5c3 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/cce/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ "node_id":"cce_10_0348.xml", "product_code":"cce", "code":"173", - "des":"The maximum number of pods that can be created on a node is calculated based on the cluster type.The number of allocatable pod IP addresses on a node is the maximum numbe", + "des":"The maximum number of pods that can be created on a node is calculated based on the cluster type.When creating a cluster in the VPC network model, follow the and specify", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Maximum Number of Pods on a Node,alpha.cce/fixPoolMask,maximum number of pods,Maximum Number of Pods", "search_title":"", @@ -5792,11 +5792,29 @@ "title":"Ingress Overview", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"cce_10_0850.html", + "node_id":"cce_10_0850.xml", + "product_code":"cce", + "code":"322", + "des":"In CCE, clusters can use Nginx ingresses and LoadBalancer ingresses to enable Layer 7 network access for applications.Nginx ingresses, enhanced by CCE using the NGINX Ing", + "doc_type":"usermanual2", + "kw":"Comparison Between LoadBalancer Ingresses and Nginx Ingresses,Ingresses,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"cce", + "documenttype":"usermanual2" + } + ], + "title":"Comparison Between LoadBalancer Ingresses and Nginx Ingresses", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"cce_10_0686.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0686.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"322", + "code":"323", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"LoadBalancer Ingresses", @@ -5814,7 +5832,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0251.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0251.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"323", + "code":"324", "des":"In Kubernetes, an ingress is a resource object that controls how Services within a cluster can be accessed from outside the cluster. You can use ingresses to configure di", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"LoadBalancer ingress,Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress on the Console,LoadBalancer Ingresses,User Guid", @@ -5832,7 +5850,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0252.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0252.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"324", + "code":"325", "des":"This section uses an Nginx workload as an example to describe how to create a LoadBalancer ingress using kubectl.If no load balancer is available in the same VPC, CCE can", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress Using kubectl,LoadBalancer Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -5850,7 +5868,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0949.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0949.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"325", + "code":"326", "des":"When a LoadBalancer ingress is created in a CCE cluster, CCE automatically provisions a listener for the load balancer associated with the ingress on ELB and adds forward", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring an Advanced Forwarding Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress,LoadBalancer Ingresses,User Gui", @@ -5868,7 +5886,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0950.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0950.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"326", + "code":"327", "des":"CCE sets up forwarding policies on the ELB console based on the rules specified in the ingress configurations when creating LoadBalancer ingresses.To address more complex", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Forwarding Policy Priorities of LoadBalancer Ingresses,LoadBalancer Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -5886,7 +5904,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0695.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0695.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"327", + "code":"328", "des":"You can add annotations to a YAML file for more advanced ingress functions. This section describes the annotations that can be used when you create a LoadBalancer ingress", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Advanced LoadBalancer Ingress Functions Using Annotations,LoadBalancer Ingresses,User Gu", @@ -5904,7 +5922,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0954.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0954.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"328", + "code":"329", "des":"In a cluster, you can configure multiple ingresses to use the same ELB listener, allowing them to use the same port on a single load balancer. If two ingresses have diffe", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Multiple Ingresses in a Cluster to Use the Same Load Balancer,LoadBalancer Ingresses,Use", @@ -5922,7 +5940,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0935.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0935.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"329", + "code":"330", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingresses", @@ -5940,7 +5958,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0687.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0687.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"330", + "code":"331", "des":"Ingresses support SSL or TLS certificates, allowing you to secure your Services with HTTPS.You are allowed to use either of the following ways to configure an ingress cer", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"kubernetes.io/tls,IngressTLS,IngressTLS,kubernetes.io/tls,Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for a Loa", @@ -5958,7 +5976,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0930.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0930.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"331", + "code":"332", "des":"If the HTTPS certificate for a LoadBalancer ingress is about to expire or has expired, follow the operations provided in this section to update it.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Updating the HTTPS Certificate for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer ", @@ -5976,7 +5994,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0688.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0688.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"332", + "code":"333", "des":"An SNI certificate is an extended server certificate that allows the same IP address and port number to provide multiple access domain names for external systems. Differe", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SNI,kubernetes.io/tls,IngressTLS,Configuring SNI for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Example", @@ -5994,7 +6012,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0689.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0689.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"333", + "code":"334", "des":"An ingress can route requests to multiple backend Services based on different matching policies. For example, requests can be routed to three different backend Services s", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Multiple Forwarding Policies for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of Loa", @@ -6012,7 +6030,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0694.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0694.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"334", + "code":"335", "des":"Ingresses can use HTTP/2 to expose Services. Connections from the load balancer to your application use HTTP/1.x by default. If your application is capable of receiving H", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"HTTP/2,Configuring HTTP/2 for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingre", @@ -6030,7 +6048,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0691.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0691.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"335", + "code":"336", "des":"Ingresses can interconnect with backend services of different protocols. By default, the backend proxy channel of an ingress is HTTP-compliant. To create an HTTPS channel", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring HTTPS Backend Services for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalan", @@ -6048,7 +6066,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0730.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0730.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"336", + "code":"337", "des":"LoadBalancer ingresses support the following timeout settings:Idle timeout setting for client connections: maximum duration for keeping a connection when no client reques", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Timeout for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingresses,U", @@ -6066,7 +6084,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0735.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0735.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"337", + "code":"338", "des":"With slow start configured, a load balancer linearly increases the proportion of requests to backend server pods. When the slow start duration elapses, the load balancer ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring a Slow Start for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingres", @@ -6084,7 +6102,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0832.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0832.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"338", + "code":"339", "des":"You can add IP addresses to a trustlist or blocklist to control access to a listener of a LoadBalancer ingress.Trustlist: Only the IP addresses in the list can access the", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring a Blocklist/Trustlist Access Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples", @@ -6102,7 +6120,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0937.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0937.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"339", + "code":"340", "des":"Ingress allows you to customize listening ports. You can configure both HTTP and HTTPS listeners for a Service. For example, a Service can make available both HTTP port 8", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring a Range of Listening Ports for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadB", @@ -6120,7 +6138,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0939.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0939.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"340", + "code":"341", "des":"When multiple ingresses share the same load balancer listener, you can prioritize forwarding rules according to the following guidelines:For forwarding rules within the s", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring the Priorities of Forwarding Rules for LoadBalancer Ingresses,Advanced Setting Examples ", @@ -6138,7 +6156,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0896.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0896.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"341", + "code":"342", "des":"Dedicated load balancer ingresses support custom header forwarding policies. You can configure different header key-value pairs to determine the backend Service to which ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring a Custom Header Forwarding Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples o", @@ -6156,7 +6174,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0925.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0925.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"342", + "code":"343", "des":"You can customize the EIP bound to a load balancer that is automatically created by CCE by adding the kubernetes.io/elb.custom-eip-id annotation to an ingress.A CCE stand", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring a Custom EIP for a LoadBalancer Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingres", @@ -6174,7 +6192,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0692.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0692.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"343", + "code":"344", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Nginx Ingresses", @@ -6192,7 +6210,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0390.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0390.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"344", + "code":"345", "des":"In Kubernetes, an ingress is a resource object that controls how Services within a cluster can be accessed from outside the cluster. You can use ingresses to configure di", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Nginx ingress,Creating an Nginx Ingress on the Console,Nginx Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -6210,7 +6228,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0364.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0364.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"345", + "code":"346", "des":"This section uses an Nginx workload as an example to describe how to create an Nginx ingress using kubectl.In CCE clusters of v1.23 or later, the ingress version is switc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating an Nginx Ingress Using kubectl,Nginx Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -6228,7 +6246,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0699.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0699.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"346", + "code":"347", "des":"The nginx-ingress add-on in CCE uses the community chart and image. If the default add-on parameters cannot meet your demands, you can add annotations to define what you ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Advanced Nginx Ingress Functions Using Annotations,Nginx Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -6246,7 +6264,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0936.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0936.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"347", + "code":"348", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingresses", @@ -6264,7 +6282,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0693.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0693.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"348", + "code":"349", "des":"HTTPS certificates can be configured for ingresses to provide security services.Create a YAML file named ingress-test-secret.yaml. The file name can be customized.The YAM", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"kubernetes.io/tls,IngressTLS,IngressTLS,kubernetes.io/tls,Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for an Ng", @@ -6282,7 +6300,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1076.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1076.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"349", + "code":"350", "des":"A Server Name Indication (SNI) certificate is an extended server certificate that allows one IP:port pair to support multiple domain names externally. It uses different s", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SNI,Exact match,Configuring SNI for an Nginx Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingresses,Us", @@ -6300,7 +6318,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0697.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0697.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"350", + "code":"351", "des":"Ingress can function as a proxy for backend services using different protocols. By default, the backend proxy channel of an ingress is an HTTP channel. To create an HTTPS", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring HTTPS Backend Services for an Nginx Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingresses", @@ -6318,7 +6336,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0698.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0698.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"351", + "code":"352", "des":"The native Nginx supports multiple load balancing rules, including weighted round robin and IP hash. Nginx Ingress supports load balancing by using consistent hashing bas", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Consistent Hashing for Load Balancing of an Nginx Ingress,Advanced Setting Examples of N", @@ -6336,7 +6354,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0857.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0857.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"352", + "code":"353", "des":"Nginx ingresses use NGINX Ingress Controller (NGINX Ingress Controller) in clusters to balance load and control access for traffic. The stability of NGINX Ingress Control", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Nginx Ingress Usage Suggestions,Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -6354,7 +6372,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0919.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0919.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"353", + "code":"354", "des":"Ingress objects provide Layer 7 protocols like HTTP and HTTPS for clusters. Among the available options, Nginx ingresses are widely used. CCE has developed a featured ope", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Optimizing NGINX Ingress Controller in High-Traffic Scenarios,Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ing", @@ -6372,7 +6390,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0947.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0947.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"354", + "code":"355", "des":"CCE provides the following options for configuring ingress certificates for the Nginx Ingress Controller add-on:Secret certificate. Import the required certificate to a C", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring an ELB Certificate for NGINX Ingress Controller,Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingre", @@ -6390,7 +6408,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0968.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0968.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"355", + "code":"356", "des":"CCE NGINX Ingress Controller is based on the community version of Ingress NGINX Controller. Upgrades to the community version may introduce new features, optimize existin", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"NGINX Ingress Controller Upgrade Compatibility,Nginx Ingresses,User Guide", @@ -6404,11 +6422,29 @@ "title":"NGINX Ingress Controller Upgrade Compatibility", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"cce_10_0858.html", + "node_id":"cce_10_0858.xml", + "product_code":"cce", + "code":"357", + "des":"This section contains important information. Ignoring the information may affect your services.The Kubernetes contributor community recently released a blog post Ingress ", + "doc_type":"usermanual2", + "kw":"Redirecting Traffic from an Nginx Ingress to a LoadBalancer Ingress,Ingresses,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"cce", + "documenttype":"usermanual2" + } + ], + "title":"Redirecting Traffic from an Nginx Ingress to a LoadBalancer Ingress", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"cce_10_0359.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0359.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"356", + "code":"358", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"DNS", @@ -6426,7 +6462,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0360.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0360.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"357", + "code":"359", "des":"When you create a cluster, the CoreDNS add-on is installed to resolve domain names in the cluster.You can view the pod of the CoreDNS add-on in the kube-system namespace.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"DNS Overview,DNS,User Guide", @@ -6444,7 +6480,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0365.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0365.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"358", + "code":"360", "des":"Every Kubernetes cluster has a built-in DNS add-on (Kube-DNS or CoreDNS) to provide domain name resolution for workloads in the cluster. When handling a high concurrency ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"DNS Configuration,DNS,User Guide", @@ -6462,7 +6498,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0361.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0361.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"359", + "code":"361", "des":"When using CCE, you may need to resolve custom internal domain names in the following scenarios:In the legacy code, a fixed domain name is configured for calling other in", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using CoreDNS for Custom Domain Name Resolution,DNS,User Guide", @@ -6480,7 +6516,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0362.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0362.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"360", + "code":"362", "des":"When the number of DNS requests in a cluster increases, the load of CoreDNS increases and the following issues may occur:Increased delay: CoreDNS needs to process more re", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using NodeLocal DNSCache to Improve DNS Performance,DNS,User Guide", @@ -6498,7 +6534,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0959.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0959.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"361", + "code":"363", "des":"NodeLocal DNSCache defaults to using port 8080 on the host node, but this can cause conflicts with other services sharing the same port. This section describes how to cha", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Changing the Default NodeLocal DNSCache Port,DNS,User Guide", @@ -6516,7 +6552,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0679.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0679.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"362", + "code":"364", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Network Settings", @@ -6534,7 +6570,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0387.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0387.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"363", + "code":"365", "des":"When creating a cluster, deploy it in a VPC. If the planned VPC is too small and IP addresses are insufficient, you can use a secondary VPC CIDR block to support your ser", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Adding a Secondary VPC CIDR Block for a Cluster,Cluster Network Settings,User Guide", @@ -6552,7 +6588,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0399.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0399.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"364", + "code":"366", "des":"This section describes how to access an intranet from a container (outside the cluster in a VPC), including intra-VPC access and cross-VPC access.The performance of acces", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Intra-VPC Access,Networking,User Guide", @@ -6570,7 +6606,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0400.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0400.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"365", + "code":"367", "des":"Containers can access the Internet in either of the following ways:Bind an EIP to the node where the container is located if the network model is VPC or tunnel.Bind an EI", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Accessing the Internet from a Container,Networking,User Guide", @@ -6588,7 +6624,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0374.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0374.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"366", + "code":"368", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Storage", @@ -6606,7 +6642,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0307.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0307.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"367", + "code":"369", "des":"The Kubernetes Container Storage Interface (CSI) is a standardized storage add-on framework launched by the Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF). It aims to decouple ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Storage Overview,Storage,User Guide", @@ -6624,7 +6660,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0378.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0378.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"368", + "code":"370", "des":"On-disk files in a container are ephemeral, which presents the following problems to important applications running in the container:When a container is rebuilt, files in", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Statically creating a storage volume,Dynamically creating a storage volume,VolumeClaimTemplate,Stora", @@ -6642,7 +6678,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0044.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0044.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"369", + "code":"371", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"EVS", @@ -6660,7 +6696,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0613.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0613.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"370", + "code":"372", "des":"To achieve persistent storage, CCE allows you to mount the storage volumes created from Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks to a path of a container. When the container is", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"EVS Overview,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6678,7 +6714,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0614.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0614.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"371", + "code":"373", "des":"CCE allows you to create a PV using an existing EVS disk. After the PV is created, you can create a PVC and bind it to the PV. This method is suitable for scenarios where", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Data sharing,Using an Existing EVS Disk Through a Static PV,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6696,7 +6732,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0615.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0615.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"372", + "code":"374", "des":"CCE allows you to specify a StorageClass to automatically create an EVS disk and the corresponding PV. This function is applicable when no underlying storage volume is av", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Data sharing,Expanding the capacity of an EVS disk,Using an EVS Disk Through a Dynamic PV,EVS,User G", @@ -6714,7 +6750,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0616.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0616.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"373", + "code":"375", "des":"Dynamic mounting is available only for creating a StatefulSet. It is implemented through a volume claim template (volumeClaimTemplates field) and depends on dynamic creat", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Expanding the capacity of an EVS disk,Dynamically Mounting an EVS Disk to a StatefulSet,EVS,User Gui", @@ -6732,7 +6768,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0859.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0859.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"374", + "code":"376", "des":"Encrypting cloud disks ensures data privacy and control, making it ideal for scenarios that demand high security or compliance standards. This section describes how to us", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Encrypting EVS Disks,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6750,7 +6786,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0860.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0860.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"375", + "code":"377", "des":"If the EVS disk attached to a workload does not have enough space, you can increase its capacity by expanding it. This section describes how to expand the capacity of an ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Expanding the Capacity of an EVS Disk,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6768,7 +6804,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0381.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0381.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"376", + "code":"378", "des":"CCE works with EVS to support snapshots. A snapshot is a complete copy or image of EVS disk data at a specific time, which can be used for data DR.You can create snapshot", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Snapshots and Backups,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6786,7 +6822,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1012.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1012.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"377", + "code":"379", "des":"Mount options are parameters passed to the kernel during file system mounting. They control the access mode, performance optimization, and security policies of storage de", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring EVS Mount Options,EVS,User Guide", @@ -6804,7 +6840,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0111.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0111.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"378", + "code":"380", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SFS", @@ -6822,7 +6858,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0617.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0617.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"379", + "code":"381", "des":"CCE allows you to mount a volume created from a Scalable File Service (SFS) file system to a container to store data persistently. SFS volumes are commonly used in ReadWr", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SFS Overview,SFS,User Guide", @@ -6840,7 +6876,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0619.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0619.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"380", + "code":"382", "des":"SFS is a type of network-attached storage (NAS) that provides shared, scalable, and high-performance file storage. It applies to large-capacity expansion and cost-sensiti", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using an Existing SFS File System Through a Static PV,SFS,User Guide", @@ -6858,7 +6894,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0620.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0620.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"381", + "code":"383", "des":"This section describes how to use StorageClasses to dynamically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.You have created a cluster and installed", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using an SFS File System Through a Dynamic PV,SFS,User Guide", @@ -6876,7 +6912,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0337.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0337.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"382", + "code":"384", "des":"This section describes how to configure SFS mount options. You can configure mount options in a PV and bind the PV to a PVC. Alternatively, configure mount options in a S", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring SFS Volume Mount Options,SFS,User Guide", @@ -6894,7 +6930,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0125.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0125.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"383", + "code":"385", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SFS Turbo", @@ -6912,7 +6948,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0624.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0624.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"384", + "code":"386", "des":"CCE allows you to mount storage volumes created by SFS Turbo file systems to a path of a container to meet data persistence requirements. SFS Turbo file systems are fast,", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SFS Turbo Overview,SFS Turbo,User Guide", @@ -6930,7 +6966,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0625.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0625.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"385", + "code":"387", "des":"SFS Turbo is a shared file system with high availability and durability. It is suitable for applications that contain massive small files and require low latency, and hig", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Expanding the capacity of an SFS Turbo volume,Using an Existing SFS Turbo File System Through a Stat", @@ -6948,7 +6984,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0626.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0626.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"386", + "code":"388", "des":"This section describes how to configure SFS Turbo mount options. For SFS Turbo, you can only set mount options in a PV and bind the PV by creating a PVC.The CCE Container", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring SFS Turbo Mount Options,SFS Turbo,User Guide", @@ -6966,7 +7002,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0839.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0839.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"387", + "code":"389", "des":"When an SFS Turbo volume is mounted to a workload container, the root directory is mounted to the container by default. However, the minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo volu", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"(Recommended) Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using a Dynamic PV,SFS Turbo,User Guide", @@ -6984,7 +7020,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00253.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00253.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"388", + "code":"390", "des":"The minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo file system is 1000 GiB. By default, the root directory of an SFS Turbo file system is mounted to a container which, in most case, do", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Dynamically Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using StorageClass,SFS Turbo,User Guide", @@ -7002,7 +7038,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0160.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0160.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"389", + "code":"391", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"OBS", @@ -7020,7 +7056,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0628.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0628.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"390", + "code":"392", "des":"Object Storage Service (OBS) provides massive, secure, and cost-effective data storage for you to store data of any type and size. You can use it in enterprise backup/arc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"OBS Overview,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7038,7 +7074,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0379.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0379.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"391", + "code":"393", "des":"This section describes how to use an existing Object Storage Service (OBS) bucket to statically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.You have", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Updating an access key,Using an Existing OBS Bucket Through a Static PV,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7056,7 +7092,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0630.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0630.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"392", + "code":"394", "des":"This section describes how to automatically create an OBS bucket. It is applicable when no underlying storage volume is available.If OBS volumes are used, the owner group", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Updating an access key,Using an OBS Bucket Through a Dynamic PV,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7074,7 +7110,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0631.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0631.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"393", + "code":"395", "des":"This section describes how to configure OBS volume mount options. You can configure mount options in a PV and bind the PV to a PVC. Alternatively, configure mount options", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring OBS Mount Options,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7092,7 +7128,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0336.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0336.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"394", + "code":"396", "des":"CCE Container Storage (Everest) supports custom access keys. In this way, IAM users can use their own custom access keys to mount an OBS volume.The CCE Container Storage ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using a Custom Access Key (AK/SK) to Mount an OBS Volume,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7110,7 +7146,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0966.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0966.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"395", + "code":"397", "des":"If your service containers use OBS for data storage and access, you must manually restart them whenever the OBS volume's access keys are changed to apply the new keys. Th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Automatically Applying Updated Access Keys (AK/SK) for an OBS Volume,OBS,User Guide", @@ -7128,7 +7164,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0391.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0391.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"396", + "code":"398", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Local PVs", @@ -7146,7 +7182,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0633.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0633.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"397", + "code":"399", "des":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. A PV that uses a local persistent vol", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Local PV Overview,Local PVs,User Guide", @@ -7164,7 +7200,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0642.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0642.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"398", + "code":"400", "des":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. Before creating a local PV, import th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"storage pool,Importing a PV to a Storage Pool,Local PVs,User Guide", @@ -7182,7 +7218,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0634.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0634.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"399", + "code":"401", "des":"You have created a cluster and installed the CSI add-on (Everest) in the cluster.To create a cluster using commands, ensure kubectl is used. For details, see Accessing a ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using a Local PV Through a Dynamic PV,Local PVs,User Guide", @@ -7200,7 +7236,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0635.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0635.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"400", + "code":"402", "des":"Dynamic mounting is available only for creating a StatefulSet. It is implemented through a volume claim template (volumeClaimTemplates field) and depends on dynamic creat", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"VCT,Dynamically Mounting a Local PV to a StatefulSet,Local PVs,User Guide", @@ -7218,7 +7254,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0636.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0636.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"401", + "code":"403", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"emptyDir", @@ -7236,7 +7272,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0637.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0637.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"402", + "code":"404", "des":"Some applications require additional storage, but whether the data is still available after a restart is not important. For example, although cache services are limited b", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"emptyDir Overview,emptyDir,User Guide", @@ -7254,7 +7290,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0725.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0725.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"403", + "code":"405", "des":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. Before creating a local EV, import th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Importing an EV to a Storage Pool,emptyDir,User Guide", @@ -7272,7 +7308,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0726.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0726.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"404", + "code":"406", "des":"Local Ephemeral Volumes (EVs) are stored in EV storage pools. Local EVs deliver better performance than the default storage medium of native emptyDir and support scale-ou", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Local EV,emptyDir,User Guide", @@ -7290,7 +7326,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0638.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0638.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"405", + "code":"407", "des":"A temporary path is of the Kubernetes-native emptyDir type. Its lifecycle is the same as that of a pod. Memory can be specified as the storage medium. When the pod is del", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Temporary Path,emptyDir,User Guide", @@ -7308,7 +7344,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0377.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0377.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"406", + "code":"408", "des":"hostPath is used for mounting the file directory of the host where the container is located to the specified mount point of the container. If the container needs to acces", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"hostPath,Storage,User Guide", @@ -7326,7 +7362,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0380.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0380.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"407", + "code":"409", "des":"StorageClasses are resource objects that define storage types in Kubernetes. They enable dynamic provisioning of storage volumes. Once you modify the parameter settings o", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"StorageClasses,Customizing a StorageClass,Storage,User Guide", @@ -7344,7 +7380,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0207.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0207.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"408", + "code":"410", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Auto Scaling", @@ -7362,7 +7398,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0279.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0279.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"409", + "code":"411", "des":"As applications increasingly run on Kubernetes, the ability to rapidly scale out during peak times and scale in during off-peak hours becomes crucial for efficiently mana", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"auto scaling,Auto Scaling Overview,Auto Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7380,7 +7416,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0293.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0293.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"410", + "code":"412", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Workload Scaling", @@ -7398,7 +7434,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0290.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0290.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"411", + "code":"413", "des":"CCE supports multiple workload scaling modes. Comparisons between the scaling policies are listed in the following table.Comparisons between auto scaling policiesItemHPAC", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Workload Scaling Rules,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7416,7 +7452,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0208.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0208.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"412", + "code":"414", "des":"As application access requests fluctuate, the preset number of pods often fails to meet the requirements for efficient, elastic resource utilization. For example, if the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"HPA,horizontally scale,Creating an HPA Policy,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7434,7 +7470,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0944.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0944.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"413", + "code":"415", "des":"Kubernetes' default HPA policy only allows for auto scaling based on CPU and memory usage. However, in more complex service scenarios, this may not be sufficient to meet ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating an HPA Policy with Custom Metrics,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7452,7 +7488,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0415.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0415.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"414", + "code":"416", "des":"There are predictable and unpredictable traffic peaks for some services. For such services, CCE CronHPA allows you to scale resources in fixed periods. It can work with H", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a Scheduled CronHPA Policy,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7470,7 +7506,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0934.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0934.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"415", + "code":"417", "des":"The native HPA in Kubernetes is a passive, metric-based mechanism. Auto scaling is only triggered when the current resource usage exceeds the preset threshold. The native", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating an AHPA Policy,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7488,7 +7524,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0083.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0083.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"416", + "code":"418", "des":"After a workload scaling policy is created, you can update and delete the policy, as well as edit the YAML file.You can view the rules, latest status, and events of a wor", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Managing Workload Scaling Policies,Workload Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7506,7 +7542,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0291.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0291.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"417", + "code":"419", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Node Scaling", @@ -7524,7 +7560,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0296.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0296.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"418", + "code":"420", "des":"HPA is designed for pod-level scaling and can dynamically adjust the number of replicas based on workload metrics. However, if cluster resources are insufficient and new ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"node scaling,Node Scaling Rules,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7542,7 +7578,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0649.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0649.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"419", + "code":"421", "des":"To use node flavor priorities, the Autoscaler version must be 1.19.35, 1.21.28, 1.23.30, 1.25.20, or later. To balance load among AZs, the version must be 1.23.122, 1.25.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Priorities for Scaling Node Pools,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7560,7 +7596,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0209.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0209.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"420", + "code":"422", "des":"If a large number of applications and services are running in a cluster, the compute resources of nodes are fixed, but the load is dynamic. There may be the following pro", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a Node Auto Scaling Policy,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7578,7 +7614,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0063.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0063.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"421", + "code":"423", "des":"After a node scaling policy is created, you can delete, edit, disable, enable, or clone the policy.You can view the associated node pool, rules, and scaling history of a ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Managing Node Scaling Policies,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7596,7 +7632,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0967.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0967.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"422", + "code":"424", "des":"When you use the CCE Cluster Autoscaler add-on to automatically adjust the number of nodes, you need to specify the scale-in conditions for each node pool in a cluster ba", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Specifying Node Scale-in Conditions for a Node Pool,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7614,7 +7650,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1088.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1088.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"423", + "code":"425", "des":"After a node auto scaling policy is configured, scale-in latency may become excessive or scale-in speed may fall short of expectations, particularly in large-scale cluste", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Modifying the Node Scale-In Concurrency Settings,Node Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7632,7 +7668,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0300.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0300.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"424", + "code":"426", "des":"The best way to handle surging traffic is to automatically adjust the number of machines based on the traffic volume or resource usage, which is called scaling.To prevent", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using HPA and CA for Auto Scaling of Workloads and Nodes,Auto Scaling,User Guide", @@ -7650,7 +7686,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0705.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0705.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"425", + "code":"427", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"O&M", @@ -7668,7 +7704,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0553.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0553.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"426", + "code":"428", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Logging", @@ -7686,7 +7722,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0557.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0557.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"427", + "code":"429", "des":"Kubernetes logs allow you to locate and rectify faults. This section describes how to manage Kubernetes logs using different methods.The following are Kubernetes log mana", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Overview,Logging,User Guide", @@ -7704,7 +7740,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0182.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0182.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"428", + "code":"430", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Collecting Container Logs", @@ -7722,7 +7758,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0555.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0555.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"429", + "code":"431", "des":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on (Cloud Native Log Collection) is developed based on Fluent Bit and OpenTelemetry for collecting logs and Kubernetes events. This ad", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Collecting Container Logs Using the Cloud Native Log Collection Add-on,Collecting Container Logs,Use", @@ -7740,7 +7776,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0018.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0018.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"430", + "code":"432", "des":"CCE works with AOM 1.0 to collect workload logs. When a node is created, ICAgent (a DaemonSet named icagent in the kube-system namespace of a cluster) is installed by def", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Pod,Pod,Collecting Container Logs Using ICAgent,Collecting Container Logs,User Guide", @@ -7758,7 +7794,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0793.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0793.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"431", + "code":"433", "des":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on of CCE works with LTS to collect and store Kubernetes events and works with AOM to generate alarms.During Kubernetes event collecti", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Collecting Kubernetes Events,Logging,User Guide", @@ -7776,7 +7812,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0554.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0554.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"432", + "code":"434", "des":"CCE allows you to collect the logs of master nodes. On the Logging page, you can select one or more control plane components (kube-controller-manager, kube-apiserver, and", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Collecting Control Plane Component Logs,Logging,User Guide", @@ -7794,7 +7830,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0792.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0792.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"433", + "code":"435", "des":"CCE allows you to collect the logs of master nodes. On the Kubernetes Audit Logs tab of Logging, you can determine whether to report audit logs to LTS.The cluster version", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Collecting Audit Logs,Logging,User Guide", @@ -7812,7 +7848,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0024.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0024.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"434", + "code":"436", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Log Auditing", @@ -7830,7 +7866,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0025.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0025.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"435", + "code":"437", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations on cloud service resources, allowing you to query, audit, and backtrack the resource operation requests initiated from the CC", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service,CTS,CCE Operations Supported by CTS,Log Auditing,User Guide", @@ -7848,7 +7884,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0026.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0026.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"436", + "code":"438", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations performed on cloud service resources. A record contains information such as the user who performed the operation, IP address,", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Viewing CTS Traces in the Trace List,Log Auditing,User Guide", @@ -7866,7 +7902,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0799.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0799.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"437", + "code":"439", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"O&M FAQ", @@ -7884,7 +7920,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0809.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0809.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"438", + "code":"440", "des":"How Do I Disable Logging?What Can I Do If All Components Except log-operator Are Not Ready?How Do I Handle the Error in Stdout Logs of log-operator?What Can I Do If Conta", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Logging FAQ,O&M FAQ,User Guide", @@ -7902,7 +7938,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0811.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0811.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"439", + "code":"441", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"O&M Best Practices", @@ -7920,7 +7956,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0373.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0373.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"440", + "code":"442", "des":"CCE provides the Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on to monitor custom metrics using Prometheus.The following procedure uses an Nginx application as an example to desc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring Custom Metrics Using Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring,O&M Best Practices,User Guide", @@ -7938,7 +7974,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0201.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0201.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"441", + "code":"443", "des":"CCE allows you to upload custom metrics to AOM. ICAgent on a node periodically calls the metric monitoring API configured on a workload to read monitoring data and then u", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring Custom Metrics on AOM,O&M Best Practices,User Guide", @@ -7956,7 +7992,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0960.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0960.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"442", + "code":"444", "des":"In Grafana v1.3.1 and later versions, open-source Grafana versions v10 and v7 are available. However, if you upgrade the open-source Grafana version from v7.x to v10.x, c", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Custom Views of Grafana,O&M Best Practices,User Guide", @@ -7974,7 +8010,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1027.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1027.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"443", + "code":"445", "des":"After connecting to an AOM instance, Grafana creates a data source named prometheus-aom and adds it to data sources through Provisioning, an automatic configuration metho", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Switching the AOM Instance Connected to Grafana,O&M Best Practices,User Guide", @@ -7992,7 +8028,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0030.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0030.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"444", + "code":"446", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Namespaces", @@ -8010,7 +8046,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0278.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0278.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"445", + "code":"447", "des":"A namespace is a collection of resources and objects. Multiple namespaces can be created inside a cluster and isolated from each other. This enables namespaces to share t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a Namespace,Namespaces,User Guide", @@ -8028,7 +8064,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0285.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0285.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"446", + "code":"448", "des":"When creating a workload, you can select a namespace to isolate resources or users.When querying workloads, you can select a namespace to view all workloads in the namesp", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Managing Namespaces,Namespaces,User Guide", @@ -8046,7 +8082,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0287.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0287.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"447", + "code":"449", "des":"Kubernetes provides namespaces for you to group resources in a cluster. Namespaces serve different purposes to meet the needs of multiple users, environments, and applica", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring Resource Quotas,Namespaces,User Guide", @@ -8064,7 +8100,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0045.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0045.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"448", + "code":"450", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"ConfigMaps and Secrets", @@ -8082,7 +8118,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0152.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0152.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"449", + "code":"451", "des":"A ConfigMap is a type of resource that stores configuration information required by a workload. Its content is user-defined. After creating ConfigMaps, you can use them a", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a ConfigMap,ConfigMaps and Secrets,User Guide", @@ -8100,7 +8136,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0015.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0015.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"450", + "code":"452", "des":"After a ConfigMap is created, it can be used in three workload scenarios: environment variables, command line parameters, and data volumes.Configuring Environment Variabl", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"environment variables,command line parameters,data volumes,Using a ConfigMap,ConfigMaps and Secrets,", @@ -8118,7 +8154,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0153.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0153.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"451", + "code":"453", "des":"A secret is a type of resource that holds sensitive data, such as authentication and key information. Its content is user-defined. After creating secrets, you can use the", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Opaque,kubernetes.io/dockerconfigjson,kubernetes.io/tls,Opaque,kubernetes.io/dockerconfigjson,kubern", @@ -8136,7 +8172,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0016.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0016.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"452", + "code":"454", "des":"After secrets are created, they can be mounted as data volumes or be exposed as environment variables to be used by a container in a pod.Do not perform any operation on t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"data volumes,environment variables,Using a Secret,ConfigMaps and Secrets,User Guide", @@ -8154,7 +8190,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0388.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0388.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"453", + "code":"455", "des":"By default, CCE creates the following secrets in each namespace:default-secretpaas.elbdefault-token-xxxxx (xxxxx is a random number.)The functions of these secrets are de", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Secrets,ConfigMaps and Secrets,User Guide", @@ -8172,7 +8208,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0064.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0064.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"454", + "code":"456", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Add-ons", @@ -8190,7 +8226,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0277.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0277.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"455", + "code":"457", "des":"CCE provides multiple types of add-ons to manage extended cluster functions. You can select add-ons as required to enhance the functions and flexibility of containerized ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"This add-on,DNS server,domain name resolution,Kubernetes,chain add-on,Overview,Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8208,7 +8244,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0907.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0907.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"456", + "code":"458", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Scheduling and Elasticity Add-ons", @@ -8226,7 +8262,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0193.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0193.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"457", + "code":"459", "des":"Volcano is a batch processing platform based on Kubernetes. It provides a series of features required by machine learning, deep learning, bioinformatics, genomics, and ot", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Volcano Scheduler,Scheduling and Elasticity Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8244,7 +8280,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0154.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0154.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"458", + "code":"460", "des":"The CCE Cluster Autoscaler add-on is built on the Autoscaler component of the community. It can automatically adjust the number of cluster nodes based on the resource nee", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CCE Cluster Autoscaler,Scheduling and Elasticity Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8262,7 +8298,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0240.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0240.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"459", + "code":"461", "des":"The CCE Advanced HPA add-on (formerly cce-hpa-controller) is developed by CCE. It can be used to flexibly scale in or out Deployments based on metrics such as CPU usage a", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CCE Advanced HPA,Scheduling and Elasticity Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8280,7 +8316,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0908.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0908.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"460", + "code":"462", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cloud Native Observability Add-ons", @@ -8298,7 +8334,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0406.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0406.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"461", + "code":"463", "des":"The Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on (formerly kube-prometheus-stack) uses Prometheus-operator and Prometheus and provides easy-to-use, end-to-end Kubernetes cluste", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring,Cloud Native Observability Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8316,7 +8352,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0416.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0416.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"462", + "code":"464", "des":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on (formerly log-agent) is developed based on Fluent Bit and OpenTelemetry for collecting logs and Kubernetes events. This add-on supp", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cloud Native Log Collection,Cloud Native Observability Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8334,7 +8370,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0132.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0132.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"463", + "code":"465", "des":"The CCE Node Problem Detector add-on (formerly NPD) monitors abnormal events of cluster nodes and can connect to a third-party monitoring platform. It is a daemon running", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CCE Node Problem Detector,Cloud Native Observability Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8352,7 +8388,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0205.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0205.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"464", + "code":"466", "des":"From version 1.8 onwards, Kubernetes provides resource usage metrics, such as the container CPU and memory usage, through the Metrics API. These metrics can be directly a", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Kubernetes Metrics Server,Cloud Native Observability Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8370,7 +8406,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0828.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0828.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"465", + "code":"467", "des":"Grafana is an open-source visualized data monitoring platform. It provides you with various charts and panels for real-time monitoring, analysis, and visualization of var", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Grafana,Cloud Native Observability Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8388,7 +8424,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0909.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0909.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"466", + "code":"468", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cloud Native AI Add-ons", @@ -8406,7 +8442,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0141.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0141.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"467", + "code":"469", "des":"The CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on helps you use and manage GPUs in your clusters. It supports access to GPUs in containers and helps you efficiently run and maintain G", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU),Cloud Native AI Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8424,7 +8460,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0910.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0910.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"468", + "code":"470", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Container Network Add-ons", @@ -8442,7 +8478,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0129.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0129.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"469", + "code":"471", "des":"CoreDNS is a DNS server that provides domain name resolution for Kubernetes clusters through chained plugins.CoreDNS is an open-source software and has been a part of CNC", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CoreDNS,CoreDNS,Container Network Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8460,7 +8496,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0034.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0034.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"470", + "code":"472", "des":"Kubernetes uses kube-proxy to expose Services and provide load balancing. The implementation is at the transport layer. When it comes to Internet applications, where a bu", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"NGINX Ingress Controller,Container Network Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8478,7 +8514,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0404.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0404.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"471", + "code":"473", "des":"The NodeLocal DNSCache add-on (formerly node-local-dns) is developed based on the community NodeLocal DNSCache. This add-on functions as a DaemonSet to run the DNS cache ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"NodeLocal DNSCache,Container Network Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8496,7 +8532,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0911.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0911.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"472", + "code":"474", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Container Storage Add-ons", @@ -8514,7 +8550,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0066.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0066.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"473", + "code":"475", "des":"Container Storage Interface (CSI) is a storage add-on standard recommended by the Kubernetes community. It is used for unified interconnection between the container orche", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CCE Container Storage (Everest),Container Storage Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8532,7 +8568,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0127.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0127.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"474", + "code":"476", "des":"CCE Container Storage (FlexVolume), also called storage-driver, functions as a standard Kubernetes FlexVolume plugin to allow containers to use EVS, SFS, OBS, and SFS Tur", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"FlexVolume (Discarded),Container Storage Add-ons,User Guide", @@ -8550,7 +8586,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1060.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1060.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"475", + "code":"477", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Add-on Upgrade Checks", @@ -8568,7 +8604,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1031.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1031.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"476", + "code":"478", "des":"Add-on StatusAdd-on SettingsHelm ChartsDescriptionNot all pods or Services associated with the add-on are ready. So the add-on is not in the running state.Check ScopeSupp", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"General Check Items,Add-on Upgrade Checks,User Guide", @@ -8586,7 +8622,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1032.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1032.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"477", + "code":"479", "des":"For the NGINX Ingress Controller add-on, in addition to the general check items (Add-on Status, Add-on Settings, and Helm Charts), you need to check:Certificate Key Lengt", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Checks Before an NGINX Ingress Controller Upgrade,Add-on Upgrade Checks,User Guide", @@ -8604,7 +8640,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0019.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0019.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"478", + "code":"480", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Helm Charts", @@ -8622,7 +8658,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0191.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0191.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"479", + "code":"481", "des":"CCE provides a console for managing Helm charts. This helps you easily deploy applications using the charts and manage applications on the console.Helm is a package manag", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Chart Overview,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8640,7 +8676,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0146.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0146.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"480", + "code":"482", "des":"On the CCE console, you can upload a Helm chart package, deploy it, and manage the deployed pods.The number of charts that can be uploaded by a single user is limited. Th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Deploying an Application from a Chart,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8658,7 +8694,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0421.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0421.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"481", + "code":"483", "des":"Helm v2 stops at version 2.17.0. Currently, Helm v3 is the standard in the Helm community. You are advised to switch your charts to Helm v3 format as soon as possible.Cha", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Differences Between Helm v2 and Helm v3 and Adaptation Solutions,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8676,7 +8712,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0420.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0420.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"482", + "code":"484", "des":"The Kubernetes cluster created on CCE has been connected to kubectl. For details, see Step 1: Download kubectl.This section uses Helm v2.17.0 as an example.For other vers", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Deploying an Application Through the Helm v2 Client,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8694,7 +8730,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0144.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0144.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"483", + "code":"485", "des":"The Kubernetes cluster created on CCE has been connected to kubectl. For details, see Step 1: Download kubectl.To pull a public image when deploying with Helm, ensure an ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Deploying an Application Through the Helm v3 Client,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8712,7 +8748,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0422.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0422.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"484", + "code":"486", "des":"CCE fully supports Helm v3. This section guides you to convert a Helm v2 release to Helm v3. Helm v3 discards or reconstructs some Helm v2 functions at the bottom layer. ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Converting a Release from Helm v2 to v3,Helm Charts,User Guide", @@ -8730,7 +8766,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0164.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0164.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"485", + "code":"487", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Permissions", @@ -8748,7 +8784,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0187.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0187.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"486", + "code":"488", "des":"CCE permissions management allows you to assign permissions to IAM users and user groups under your tenant accounts. CCE combines the advantages of Identity and Access Ma", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Permissions Overview,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8766,7 +8802,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0188.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0188.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"487", + "code":"489", "des":"CCE cluster-level permissions are assigned based on IAM system policies and custom policies. You can use user groups to assign permissions to IAM users.Cluster permission", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Permissions (IAM-based Authorization),Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8784,7 +8820,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0189.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0189.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"488", + "code":"490", "des":"You can regulate users' or user groups' access to Kubernetes resources in a single namespace based on their Kubernetes RBAC roles. The RBAC API declares four kinds of Kub", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Namespace Permissions (Kubernetes RBAC-based),Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8802,7 +8838,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0997.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0997.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"489", + "code":"491", "des":"Dex is an open-source OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider. It enables flexible authentication and federated identity management in Kubernetes. As an intermediary laye", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using Dex for OIDC Authentication on CCE,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8820,7 +8856,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0245.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0245.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"490", + "code":"492", "des":"The conventional distributed task scheduling mode is being replaced by Kubernetes. CCE is a highly scalable, high-performance, enterprise-class Kubernetes service that pr", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Example: Designing and Configuring Permissions for Users in a Department,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8838,7 +8874,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0190.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0190.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"491", + "code":"493", "des":"Some CCE permissions policies depend on the policies of other cloud services. To view or use other cloud resources on the CCE console, enable the access control feature o", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Permission Dependency of the CCE Console,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8856,7 +8892,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0477.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0477.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"492", + "code":"494", "des":"In clusters earlier than v1.21, a token is obtained by mounting the secret of the service account to a pod. Tokens obtained this way are permanent. This approach is no lo", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Service Account Token Security Improvement,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8874,7 +8910,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0556.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0556.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"493", + "code":"495", "des":"CCE works closely with multiple cloud services to support compute, storage, networking, and monitoring functions. When you log in to the CCE console for the first time, C", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"System Agencies,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8892,7 +8928,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_1069.html", "node_id":"cce_10_1069.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"494", + "code":"496", "des":"CCE clusters rely on various cloud services in areas like compute, storage, networking, and monitoring to function properly. To access these cloud resources, CCE clusters", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Custom Agencies,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -8910,7 +8946,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0781.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0781.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"495", + "code":"497", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Settings", @@ -8928,7 +8964,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0782.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0782.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"496", + "code":"498", "des":"Settings offers you an entry to check and modify the basic settings of clusters. It includes information from dimension like Cluster Information, Cluster Settings, Master", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Dashboard,Settings,User Guide", @@ -8946,7 +8982,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0783.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0783.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"497", + "code":"499", "des":"kubectl: You need to download and configure the kubectl and kubeconfig configuration files first, and then use kubectl to access a Kubernetes cluster. For details, see Ac", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"SAN,Cluster Access,Settings,User Guide", @@ -8964,7 +9000,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0784.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0784.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"498", + "code":"500", "des":"You can configure a default security group and secondary CIDR block for your clusters.If a container CIDR block configured during cluster creation cannot meet service exp", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Network,Settings,User Guide", @@ -8982,7 +9018,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0785.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0785.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"499", + "code":"501", "des":"Basic kube-scheduler configurations and Volcano-backed advanced scheduling are available. You can enable advanced scheduling functions such as bin packing, priority-based", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Scheduling,Settings,User Guide", @@ -9000,7 +9036,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0786.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0786.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"500", + "code":"502", "des":"CCE Cluster Autoscaler comprehensively checks the resource statuses of an entire cluster. When the load of a microservice is high (for example, the CPU or memory usage is", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Auto Scaling,Settings,User Guide", @@ -9018,7 +9054,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0836.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0836.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"501", + "code":"503", "des":"CCE monitors applications and resources and collects metrics and events to analyze application health status. You can choose Settings from the navigation pane, click the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring,Settings,User Guide", @@ -9036,7 +9072,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0787.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0787.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"502", + "code":"504", "des":"Typical native configuration items are provided. You can configure native community management components such as kube-apiserver and kube-controller for the best cloud na", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Kubernetes,Settings,User Guide", @@ -9054,7 +9090,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0788.html", "node_id":"cce_10_0788.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"503", + "code":"505", "des":"Default Cluster Driver: specifies the default GPU driver version used by the GPU nodes in a cluster. To use a custom driver, enter the download link of the NVIDIA driver.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Heterogeneous Resources,Settings,User Guide", @@ -9072,7 +9108,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0000.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0000.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"504", + "code":"506", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Best Practice", @@ -9092,7 +9128,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00006.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00006.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"505", + "code":"507", "des":"Security, efficiency, stability, and availability are common requirements on all cloud services. To meet these requirements, the system availability, data reliability, an", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Checklist for Deploying Containerized Applications in the Cloud,Best Practice,User Guide", @@ -9110,7 +9146,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0321.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0321.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"506", + "code":"508", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Containerization", @@ -9128,7 +9164,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0001.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0001.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"507", + "code":"509", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Containerizing an Enterprise Application (ERP)", @@ -9146,7 +9182,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0002.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0002.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"508", + "code":"510", "des":"This chapter provides CCE best practices to walk you through the application containerization.A container is a lightweight high-performance resource isolation mechanism i", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"enterprise resource planning (ERP),Solution Overview,Containerizing an Enterprise Application (ERP),", @@ -9164,7 +9200,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0340.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0340.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"509", + "code":"511", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Procedure", @@ -9182,7 +9218,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0003.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0003.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"510", + "code":"512", "des":"This tutorial describes how to containerize an ERP system by migrating it from a VM to CCE.No recoding or re-architecting is required. You only need to pack the entire ap", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Containerizing an Entire Application,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9200,7 +9236,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0004.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0004.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"511", + "code":"513", "des":"To fully containerize an application, you must go through the entire process.This involves analyzing the application, setting up the runtime environment for the applicati", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Containerization Process,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9218,7 +9254,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0005.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0005.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"512", + "code":"514", "des":"Before containerizing an application, analyze the running environment and dependencies of the application, and get familiar with the application deployment mode. For deta", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"containerizing an application,Analyzing the Application,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9236,7 +9272,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0006.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0006.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"513", + "code":"515", "des":"After application analysis, you have gained the understanding of the OS and runtime required for running the application. Make the following preparations:Installing Docke", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Preparing the Application Runtime,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9254,7 +9290,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0007.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0007.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"514", + "code":"516", "des":"During application containerization, prepare a startup script. The method of compiling this script is the same as that of compiling a shell script. The startup script is ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Compiling a Startup Script,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9272,7 +9308,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0008.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0008.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"515", + "code":"517", "des":"An image is the basis of a container. A container runs based on the content defined in the image. An image has multiple layers. Each layer includes the modifications made", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Compiling the Dockerfile,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9290,7 +9326,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0009.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0009.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"516", + "code":"518", "des":"This section describes how to build an entire application into a Docker image. After building an image, you can use the image to deploy and upgrade the application. This ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Docker image,image,Building and Uploading an Image,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9308,7 +9344,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0010.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0010.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"517", + "code":"519", "des":"This section describes how to deploy a workload on CCE. When using CCE for the first time, create an initial cluster and add a node into the cluster.Containerized workloa", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating a Container Workload,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9326,7 +9362,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00237.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00237.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"518", + "code":"520", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Backup and Migration", @@ -9344,7 +9380,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10069.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10069.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"519", + "code":"521", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Backing Up and Migrating Clusters", @@ -9362,7 +9398,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0013.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0013.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"520", + "code":"522", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Kubernetes Clusters to CCE Using Velero", @@ -9380,7 +9416,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0307.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0307.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"521", + "code":"523", "des":"Containers are growing in popularity and Kubernetes simplifies containerized deployment. Many companies choose to build their own Kubernetes clusters. However, the O&M wo", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Solution Overview,Migrating Kubernetes Clusters to CCE Using Velero,User Guide", @@ -9398,7 +9434,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0014.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0014.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"522", + "code":"524", "des":"CCE allows you to customize cluster resources to meet various service requirements. Table 1 lists the key performance parameters of a cluster and provides the planned val", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Resource Planning for the Target Cluster,Migrating Kubernetes Clusters to CCE Using Velero,User Guid", @@ -9416,7 +9452,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0326.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0326.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"523", + "code":"525", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Procedure", @@ -9434,7 +9470,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0059.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0059.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"524", + "code":"526", "des":"If your migration does not involve resources outside a cluster listed in Table 1 or you do not need to use other services to update resources after the migration, skip th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Resources Outside a Cluster,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9452,7 +9488,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0310.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0310.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"525", + "code":"527", "des":"Velero is an open-source backup and migration tool for Kubernetes clusters. With restic's PV data backup capabilities, Velero can back up Kubernetes resource objects (suc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Installing the Migration Tool,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9470,7 +9506,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0024.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0024.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"526", + "code":"528", "des":"WordPress is used as an example to describe how to migrate an application from an on-premises Kubernetes cluster to a CCE cluster. The WordPress application consists of t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Resources in a Cluster,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9488,7 +9524,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0312.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0312.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"527", + "code":"529", "des":"The WordPress and MySQL images used in this example can be pulled from SWR. Therefore, the image pull failure (ErrImagePull) will not occur. If the application to be migr", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Updating Resources Accordingly,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9506,7 +9542,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0313.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0313.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"528", + "code":"530", "des":"Cluster migration involves full migration of application data, which may cause intra-application adaptation problems. In this example, after the cluster is migrated, the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Performing Additional Tasks,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9524,7 +9560,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0314.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0314.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"529", + "code":"531", "des":"Both hostPath and local volumes are local storage volumes. However, restic, which is integrated into Velero, cannot back up hostPath PVs. It only supports the local type.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Troubleshooting,Procedure,User Guide", @@ -9542,7 +9578,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0322.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0322.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"530", + "code":"532", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"DevOps", @@ -9560,7 +9596,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0324.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0324.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"531", + "code":"533", "des":"GitLab is an open-source version management system developed with Ruby on Rails for Git project repository management. It supports web-based access to public and private ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Interconnecting GitLab with SWR and CCE for CI/CD,DevOps,User Guide", @@ -9578,7 +9614,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0323.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0323.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"532", + "code":"534", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Disaster Recovery", @@ -9596,7 +9632,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10017.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10017.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"533", + "code":"535", "des":"This section describes the recommended configurations for a Kubernetes cluster in which applications can run stably and reliably.Multiple regions are provided for you to ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Recommended Configurations for HA CCE Clusters,Disaster Recovery,User Guide", @@ -9614,7 +9650,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00220.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00220.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"534", + "code":"536", "des":"To achieve high availability for your CCE containers, you can:Deploy three master nodes for the cluster.Create nodes in different AZs and customize scheduling policies ba", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Implementing High Availability for Applications in CCE,Disaster Recovery,User Guide", @@ -9632,7 +9668,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10027.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10027.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"535", + "code":"537", "des":"CCE offers various add-ons that enhance the cloud native capabilities of clusters. These add-ons include features like container scheduling and elasticity, cloud native o", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Implementing High Availability for Add-ons in CCE,Disaster Recovery,User Guide", @@ -9650,7 +9686,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0315.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0315.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"536", + "code":"538", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Security", @@ -9668,10 +9704,10 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0317.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0317.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"537", - "des":"To ensure security, it is recommended that you configure a cluster in the following manner.Kubernetes releases a major version in about four months. CCE follows the same ", + "code":"539", + "des":"To ensure security in a cluster, configure the cluster based on the suggestions below.Kubernetes releases a major version every four months. CCE follows the same frequenc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Cluster Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using CCE Clusters Securely,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9679,17 +9715,17 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Cluster Security", + "title":"Using CCE Clusters Securely", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0318.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0318.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"538", - "des":"Do not bind an EIP to a node unless necessary to reduce the attack surface.If an EIP must be used, properly configure the firewall or security group rules to restrict acc", + "code":"540", + "des":"Do not bind an EIP to a node to reduce the attack surface unless necessary.If an EIP must be used, properly configure the firewall or security group rules to restrict acc", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Node Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using Nodes Securely in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9697,17 +9733,17 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Node Security", + "title":"Using Nodes Securely in a CCE Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10046.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10046.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"539", + "code":"541", "des":"Container technology uses Linux namespaces and cgroups to isolate and control resources between containers and nodes. Namespaces provide kernel-level isolation, allowing ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Runtime Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using Container Runtimes Securely in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9715,17 +9751,17 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Runtime Security", + "title":"Using Container Runtimes Securely in a CCE Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0319.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0319.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"540", + "code":"542", "des":"The nodeSelector or nodeAffinity is used to limit the range of nodes to which applications can be scheduled, preventing the entire cluster from being threatened due to th", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using Containers Securely in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9733,17 +9769,17 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Security", + "title":"Using Containers Securely in a CCE Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10047.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10047.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"541", + "code":"543", "des":"Container images are the primary defense against external attacks and are crucial for securing applications, systems, and the entire supply chain. If an image is insecure", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Image Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using Images Securely in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9751,17 +9787,17 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Image Security", + "title":"Using Images Securely in a CCE Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0320.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0320.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"542", - "des":"Currently, CCE has configured static encryption for secret resources. The secrets created by users will be encrypted and stored in etcd of the CCE cluster. Secrets can be", + "code":"544", + "des":"CCE now provides static encryption for secrets. Secrets created by users are encrypted and stored in the clusters' etcd. Currently, Secrets are mainly used as environment", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "kw":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Secret Security,Security,User Guide", + "kw":"Using Secrets Securely in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -9769,14 +9805,14 @@ "documenttype":"usermanual2" } ], - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Secret Security", + "title":"Using Secrets Securely in a CCE Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0333.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0333.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"543", + "code":"545", "des":"Workload identities enable workloads within a cluster to act as IAM users, granting them access to cloud services without the need for an IAM account's AK/SK. This helps ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using OIDC to Authenticate Workloads in a CCE Cluster,Security,User Guide", @@ -9794,7 +9830,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0090.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0090.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"544", + "code":"546", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Auto Scaling", @@ -9812,7 +9848,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00282.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00282.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"545", + "code":"547", "des":"The best way to handle surging traffic is to automatically adjust the number of machines based on the traffic volume or resource usage, which is called scaling.To prevent", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using HPA and CA for Auto Scaling of Workloads and Nodes,Auto Scaling,User Guide", @@ -9830,7 +9866,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10008.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10008.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"546", + "code":"548", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring", @@ -9848,7 +9884,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10009.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10009.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"547", + "code":"549", "des":"Generally, a user has different clusters for different purposes, such as production, testing, and development. To monitor, collect, and view metrics of these clusters, yo", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring Multiple Clusters Using Prometheus,Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -9866,7 +9902,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10021.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10021.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"548", + "code":"550", "des":"The Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on can report Prometheus metrics collected from clusters to a specified platform, for example, AOM or a third-party platform that ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Reporting Prometheus Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Monitoring Platform,Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -9884,7 +9920,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0050.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0050.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"549", + "code":"551", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster", @@ -9902,7 +9938,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10016.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10016.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"550", + "code":"552", "des":"When you use CCE to create a Kubernetes cluster, there are multiple configuration options and terms. This section compares the key configurations for CCE clusters and pro", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Suggestions on CCE Cluster Selection,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -9920,7 +9956,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00222.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00222.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"551", + "code":"553", "des":"This section describes how to set up a VPC with IPv6 CIDR block and create a cluster and nodes with an IPv6 address in the VPC, so that the nodes can access the Internet.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Creating an IPv4/IPv6 Dual-Stack Cluster in CCE,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -9938,7 +9974,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10020_0.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10020_0.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"552", + "code":"554", "des":"When creating a node, use the pre- or -installation commands to install tools or perform security hardening on the node. This section provides guidance for you to correct", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Executing the Pre- or Post-installation Commands During Node Creation,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -9956,7 +9992,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00254.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00254.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"553", + "code":"555", "des":"The kubectl command line tool relies on the kubeconfig configuration file to locate the necessary authentication information to select a cluster and communicate with its ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Connecting to Multiple Clusters Using kubectl,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -9974,7 +10010,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10012.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10012.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"554", + "code":"556", "des":"When a node is created, a data disk is attached by default for a container runtime and kubelet. The data disk used by the container runtime and kubelet cannot be detached", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Selecting a Data Disk for the Node,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -9992,7 +10028,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10024.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10024.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"555", + "code":"557", "des":"Cluster overload occurs when a Kubernetes cluster's compute, storage, or network resources exceed its processing capacity, leading to exhaustion of key control plane comp", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Protecting a CCE Cluster Against Overload,Cluster,User Guide", @@ -10010,7 +10046,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0052.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0052.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"556", + "code":"558", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Networking", @@ -10028,7 +10064,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00004.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00004.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"557", + "code":"559", "des":"Before creating a cluster on CCE, determine the number of VPCs, number of subnets, container CIDR blocks, and Services for access based on service requirements.This topic", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Planning CIDR Blocks for a Cluster,Networking,User Guide", @@ -10046,7 +10082,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00162.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00162.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"558", + "code":"560", "des":"CCE uses proprietary, high-performance container networking add-ons to support the tunnel, Cloud Native 2.0, and VPC network models.After a cluster is created, the networ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Selecting a Network Model,Networking,User Guide", @@ -10064,7 +10100,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00231.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00231.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"559", + "code":"561", "des":"Sticky sessions ensure continuity and consistency when you access applications. If a load balancer is deployed between a client and backend servers, connections may be fo", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Implementing Sticky Session Through Load Balancing,Networking,User Guide", @@ -10082,7 +10118,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00035.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00035.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"560", + "code":"562", "des":"When using containers, clients may communicate with them through multiple proxy servers. However, this can cause issues with transferring the clients' source IP addresses", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Obtaining the Client Source IP Address for a Container,Networking,User Guide", @@ -10100,7 +10136,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10006.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10006.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"561", + "code":"563", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CoreDNS Configuration Optimization", @@ -10118,7 +10154,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0346.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0346.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"562", + "code":"564", "des":"DNS is one of the important basic services in Kubernetes. When the container DNS policy is not properly configured and the cluster scale is large, DNS resolution may time", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"CoreDNS Optimization Overview,CoreDNS Configuration Optimization,User Guide", @@ -10136,7 +10172,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0347.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0347.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"563", + "code":"565", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Client", @@ -10154,7 +10190,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0348.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0348.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"564", + "code":"566", "des":"DNS resolution is frequently used in Kubernetes clusters. Based on the characteristics of DNS resolution in Kubernetes, you can optimize domain name resolution requests i", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Optimizing Domain Name Resolution Requests,Client,User Guide", @@ -10172,7 +10208,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0349.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0349.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"565", + "code":"567", "des":"The musl libc library of the Alpine container image differs from the standard glibc library in the following aspects:Alpine 3.3 and earlier versions do not support the se", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Selecting a Proper Image,Client,User Guide", @@ -10190,7 +10226,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0350.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0350.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"566", + "code":"568", "des":"When kube-proxy uses IPVS load balancing, you may encounter DNS resolution timeout occasionally during CoreDNS scale-in or restart.This problem is caused by a Linux kerne", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Avoiding Occasional DNS Resolution Timeout Caused by IPVS Defects,Client,User Guide", @@ -10208,7 +10244,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0351.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0351.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"567", + "code":"569", "des":"When the number of DNS requests in a cluster increases, the load of CoreDNS increases and the following issues may occur:Increased delay: CoreDNS needs to process more re", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using NodeLocal DNSCache,Client,User Guide", @@ -10226,7 +10262,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0352.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0352.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"568", + "code":"570", "des":"CoreDNS provides simple functions and is compatible with different Kubernetes versions. CCE periodically synchronizes bugs from the community and upgrades the coredns add", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Upgrading the CoreDNS in the Cluster Timely,Client,User Guide", @@ -10244,7 +10280,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0353.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0353.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"569", + "code":"571", "des":"When the coredns add-on is started, it obtains the DNS configuration in the resolve.conf file from the deployed instance by default and uses the configuration as the upst", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Adjusting the DNS Configuration of the VPC and VM,Client,User Guide", @@ -10262,7 +10298,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0354.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0354.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"570", + "code":"572", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Server", @@ -10280,7 +10316,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0355.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0355.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"571", + "code":"573", "des":"CoreDNS exposes health metrics such as resolution results through the standard Prometheus API to detect exceptions on the CoreDNS server or even upstream DNS server.Port ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Monitoring the coredns Add-on,Server,User Guide", @@ -10298,7 +10334,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0356.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0356.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"572", + "code":"574", "des":"In CCE clusters, the CoreDNS add-on is installed by default, and it can run on the same cluster nodes as your service containers. You need to pay attention to the followi", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Adjusting the CoreDNS Deployment Status,Server,User Guide", @@ -10316,7 +10352,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0357.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0357.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"573", + "code":"575", "des":"On the console, the CoreDNS add-on can only be configured with the preset specifications, which can satisfy most of the service requirements. In some scenarios where ther", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring CoreDNS,Server,User Guide", @@ -10334,7 +10370,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10010.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10010.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"574", + "code":"576", "des":"In the Cloud Native 2.0 network model, each pod is allocated an elastic network interface or a supplementary network interface. The speed of elastic network interface cre", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Pre-Binding Container Elastic Network Interfaces for CCE Turbo Clusters,Networking,User Guide", @@ -10352,7 +10388,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10041.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10041.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"575", + "code":"577", "des":"In a CCE cluster that uses a VPC network, when pods try to communicate with external systems, CCE automatically translates the source IP addresses of the pods into the IP", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Accessing an IP Address Outside a Cluster That Uses a VPC Network by Using Source Pod IP Addresses W", @@ -10370,7 +10406,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0053.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0053.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"576", + "code":"578", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Storage", @@ -10388,7 +10424,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00198.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00198.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"577", + "code":"579", "des":"The storage classes that can be expanded for CCE nodes are as follows:EulerOS 2.9 is used as the sample OS. There is only one partition (/dev/vda1) with a capacity of 50 ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"base size,Expanding the Storage Space,Storage,User Guide", @@ -10406,7 +10442,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00199.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00199.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"578", + "code":"580", "des":"Cross-account data sharing. For example, multiple teams within a company need to share data, but each team uses a different account.Cross-account data migration and backu", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Mounting Object Storage Across Accounts,Storage,User Guide", @@ -10424,7 +10460,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00253_0.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00253_0.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"579", + "code":"581", "des":"The minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo file system is 1000 GiB. By default, the root directory of an SFS Turbo file system is mounted to a container which, in most case, do", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Dynamically Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using StorageClass,Storage,User Guide", @@ -10442,7 +10478,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0107.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0107.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"580", + "code":"582", "des":"In clusters later than v1.15.11-r1, CSI (the everest add-on) has taken over all functions of fuxi FlexVolume (the storage-driver add-on) for managing container storage. Y", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating the Storage Class Used by a Cluster of v1.15 from FlexVolume to CSI Everest,Storage,User G", @@ -10460,7 +10496,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00281.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00281.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"581", + "code":"583", "des":"When using storage resources in CCE, the most common method is to specify storageClassName to define the type of storage resources to be created when creating a PVC. The ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using Custom Storage Classes,Storage,User Guide", @@ -10478,7 +10514,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00284.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00284.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"582", + "code":"584", "des":"EVS disks cannot be attached to a node deployed in another AZ. For example, the EVS disks in AZ 1 cannot be attached to a node in AZ 2. If the storage class csi-disk is u", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Scheduling EVS Disks Across AZs Using csi-disk-topology,Storage,User Guide", @@ -10496,7 +10532,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0051.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0051.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"583", + "code":"585", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Container", @@ -10514,7 +10550,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00002.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00002.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"584", + "code":"586", "des":"If a node has sufficient memory resources, a container on this node can use more memory resources than requested, but no more than limited. If the memory allocated to a c", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Properly Allocating Container Computing Resources,Container,User Guide", @@ -10532,7 +10568,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00227.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00227.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"585", + "code":"587", "des":"To access a Kubernetes cluster from a client, you can use the Kubernetes command line tool kubectl.Create a DaemonSet file.vi daemonset.yamlAn example YAML file is provid", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Modifying Kernel Parameters Using a Privileged Container,Container,User Guide", @@ -10550,7 +10586,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00228.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00228.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"586", + "code":"588", "des":"An init container is a type of container that starts and exits before the main containers start. If there are multiple init containers, they will be started in the define", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using Init Containers to Initialize an Application,Container,User Guide", @@ -10568,7 +10604,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00226.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00226.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"587", + "code":"589", "des":"If DNS or other related settings are inappropriate, you can use hostAliases to overwrite the resolution of the hostname at the pod level when adding entries to the /etc/h", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring the /etc/hosts File of a Pod Using hostAliases,Container,User Guide", @@ -10586,7 +10622,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0325.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0325.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"588", + "code":"590", "des":"A core dump is when the Linux OS saves the memory status to a file after a program crashes or stops unexpectedly. You can analyze the file to locate the fault.Generally, ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Locating Container Faults Using the Core Dump File,Container,User Guide", @@ -10604,7 +10640,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0055.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0055.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"589", + "code":"591", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Permission", @@ -10622,7 +10658,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00221.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_00221.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"590", + "code":"592", "des":"By default, the kubeconfig file provided by CCE for users has permissions bound to the cluster-admin role, which are equivalent to the permissions of user root. It is dif", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Configuring kubeconfig for Fine-Grained Management on Cluster Resources,Permission,User Guide", @@ -10640,7 +10676,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0300.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_0300.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"591", + "code":"593", "des":"CCE permissions are classified into cluster permissions and namespace permissions. Namespace permissions are based on Kubernetes RBAC and can be used to grant permissions", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Performing RBAC Authentication on a Namespace Using kubectl Commands,Permission,User Guide", @@ -10658,7 +10694,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10000.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10000.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"592", + "code":"594", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Release", @@ -10676,7 +10712,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10001.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10001.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"593", + "code":"595", "des":"When switching between old and new services, you may be challenged in ensuring the system service continuity. If a new service version is directly released to all users a", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Overview,Release,User Guide", @@ -10694,7 +10730,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10002.html", "node_id":"cce_bestpractice_10002.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"594", + "code":"596", "des":"To implement grayscale release for a CCE cluster, deploy other open-source tools, such as Nginx Ingress, to the cluster or deploy services to a service mesh. These soluti", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Using Services to Implement Simple Grayscale Release and Blue-Green Deployment,Release,User Guide", @@ -10712,7 +10748,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_0000.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_0000.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"595", + "code":"597", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"FAQs", @@ -10729,7 +10765,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00006.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00006.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"596", + "code":"598", "des":"Why Can't I Create a CCE Cluster?Is Management Scale of a Cluster Related to the Number of Master Nodes?How Do I Locate the Fault When a Cluster Is Unavailable?What Shoul", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Common FAQ,FAQs,User Guide", @@ -10747,7 +10783,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00024.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00024.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"597", + "code":"599", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster", @@ -10765,7 +10801,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00278.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00278.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"598", + "code":"600", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Creation", @@ -10783,7 +10819,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00111.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00111.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"599", + "code":"601", "des":"This section describes how to locate and rectify the fault if you fail to create a CCE cluster.Possible causes:The Network Time Protocol daemon (ntpd) is not installed or", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Can't I Create a CCE Cluster?,Cluster Creation,User Guide", @@ -10801,7 +10837,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00090.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00090.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"600", + "code":"602", "des":"In a CCE cluster, the management scale is not directly related to the number of master nodes. These are cluster parameters that operate in different dimensions. Here are ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Is Management Scale of a Cluster Related to the Number of Master Nodes?,Cluster Creation,User Guide", @@ -10819,7 +10855,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00154.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00154.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"601", + "code":"603", "des":"CCE restricts only the number of clusters. However, when using CCE, you may also be using other cloud services, such as Elastic Cloud Server (ECS), Elastic Volume Service", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Which Resource Quotas Should I Pay Attention To When Using CCE?,Cluster Creation,User Guide", @@ -10837,7 +10873,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00279.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00279.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"602", + "code":"604", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Running", @@ -10855,7 +10891,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00039.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00039.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"603", + "code":"605", "des":"This section provides you with some operations to locate the fault when a cluster becomes unavailable.Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Locate the Fault When a Cluster Is Unavailable?,Cluster Running,User Guide", @@ -10873,7 +10909,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00040.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00040.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"604", + "code":"606", "des":"QuestionHow do I retrieve data after a CCE cluster is deleted?AnswerAfter a cluster is deleted, the workload on the cluster will also be deleted and cannot be restored. T", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Retrieve Data After a CCE Cluster Is Deleted?,Cluster Running,User Guide", @@ -10891,7 +10927,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00309.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00309.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"605", + "code":"607", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Deletion", @@ -10909,7 +10945,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00394.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00394.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"606", + "code":"608", "des":"When deleting a cluster, CCE obtains the cluster's resources through kube-apiserver of the cluster. If the cluster is unavailable, frozen, or hibernated, the resources ma", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Can I Do If a Cluster Deletion Fails Due to Residual Resources in the Security Group?,Cluster D", @@ -10927,7 +10963,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00413.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00413.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"607", + "code":"609", "des":"If a cluster is not in the running state (for example, frozen or unavailable), its resources such as PVCs, Services, and Ingresses cannot be obtained. After the cluster i", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Clear Residual Resources After Deleting a Non-Running Cluster?,Cluster Deletion,User Guide", @@ -10945,7 +10981,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00401.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00401.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"608", + "code":"610", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Cluster Upgrade", @@ -10963,7 +10999,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00402.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00402.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"609", + "code":"611", "des":"This section describes how to locate and rectify the fault if you fail to upgrade an add-on during the CCE cluster upgrade.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Do I Do If a Cluster Add-on Fails to be Upgraded During the CCE Cluster Upgrade?,Cluster Upgrad", @@ -10981,7 +11017,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00493.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00493.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"610", + "code":"612", "des":"In a CCE cluster, LoadBalancer ingresses are used to route external traffic to Services within the cluster. The parameters defined in an ingress are applied to configure ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If the LoadBalancer Ingress Configuration Is Inconsistent with the Load Balancer Co", @@ -10999,7 +11035,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00021.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00021.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"611", + "code":"613", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Node", @@ -11017,7 +11053,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00468.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00468.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"612", + "code":"614", "des":"CCE allows you to locate a node fault using the CCE Node Problem Detector add-on (Locating a Node Fault Using the CCE Node Problem Detector Add-on). You can also refer to", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Locate a Fault That Occurs with a Node?,Node,User Guide", @@ -11035,7 +11071,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00280.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00280.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"613", + "code":"615", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Node Creation", @@ -11053,7 +11089,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00027.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00027.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"614", + "code":"616", "des":"The node images in the same cluster must be the same. Pay attention to this when creating, adding, or accepting nodes in a cluster.If you need to allocate user space from", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Troubleshoot Problems Occurred When Adding Nodes to a CCE Cluster?,Node Creation,User Guide", @@ -11071,7 +11107,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00097.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00097.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"615", + "code":"617", "des":"This section describes how to troubleshoot the problems occurred when you accept or add existing ECSs to a CCE cluster.While an ECS is being accepted into a cluster, the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Troubleshoot Problems Occurred When Accepting Nodes into a CCE Cluster?,Node Creation,User ", @@ -11089,7 +11125,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00286.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00286.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"616", + "code":"618", "des":"A node fails to be accepted into a cluster.Log in to the node and check the /var/paas/sys/log/baseagent/baseagent.log installation log. The following error information is", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Node Cannot Be Managed and an Error Message Appears Saying That the Node Faile", @@ -11107,7 +11143,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00281.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00281.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"617", + "code":"619", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Node Running", @@ -11125,7 +11161,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00120.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00120.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"618", + "code":"620", "des":"If you encountered a fault that a cluster is available but some nodes in it are unavailable, you can rectify this fault by referring to the methods provided in this secti", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Cluster Is Available But Some Nodes in It Are Unavailable?,Node Running,User G", @@ -11143,7 +11179,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00201.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00201.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"619", + "code":"621", "des":"The following tables list log files of CCE nodes.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Collect Logs of Nodes in a CCE Cluster?,Node Running,User Guide", @@ -11161,7 +11197,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00263.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00263.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"620", + "code":"622", "des":"The vdb disk of a node is damaged and the node cannot be recovered after reset.Error ScenariosOn a normal node, delete the LV and VG. The node is unavailable.Reset an abn", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If the vdb Disk of a Node Is Damaged and the Node Cannot Be Recovered After Reset?,", @@ -11179,7 +11215,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00296.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00296.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"621", + "code":"623", "des":"When SCSI EVS disks are used and containers are created and deleted on a CentOS node, the disks are frequently mounted and unmounted. The read/write rate of the system di", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If I/O Suspension Occasionally Occurs When SCSI EVS Disks Are Used?,Node Running,Us", @@ -11197,7 +11233,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00307.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00307.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"622", + "code":"624", "des":"When the disk space of a thin pool on a node is about to be used up, the following exceptions occasionally occur:Files or directories fail to be created in the container,", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Fix an Abnormal Container or Node Due to No Thin Pool Disk Space?,Node Running,User Guide", @@ -11215,7 +11251,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00020.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00020.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"623", + "code":"625", "des":"SymptomA node is running properly and has GPU resources. However, the following error information is displayed:0/9 nodes are available: 9 insufficient nvidia.com/gpuFault", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Rectify Failures When the NVIDIA Driver Is Used to Start Containers on GPU Nodes?,Node Runn", @@ -11233,7 +11269,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00501.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00501.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"624", + "code":"626", "des":"A GPU card on a GPU node is unavailable. The possible causes include:The CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on is not ready or malfunctioning.The node driver is not ready.The ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Can I Do If a GPU Card Is Unavailable on a GPU Node?,Node Running,User Guide", @@ -11251,7 +11287,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00282.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00282.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"625", + "code":"627", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Specification Change", @@ -11269,7 +11305,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00030.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00030.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"626", + "code":"628", "des":"Changing node specifications is not a best practice recommended by CCE. Certain restrictions may affect subsequent usage, so review this section carefully.To upgrade node", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Change the Node Specifications in a CCE Cluster?,Specification Change,User Guide", @@ -11287,7 +11323,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00445.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00445.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"627", + "code":"629", "des":"After you change the flavor of a node in a CCE node pool on the ECS console and then synchronize the ECS status on the CCE console, the node flavor no longer matches the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Are the Impacts of Changing the Flavor of a Node in a CCE Node Pool?,Specification Change,User ", @@ -11305,7 +11341,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00189.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00189.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"628", + "code":"630", "des":"The kubelet option cpu-manager-policy defaults to static, allowing pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If I Fail to Restart or Create Workloads on a Node After Modifying the Node Specifi", @@ -11323,7 +11359,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00407.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00407.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"629", + "code":"631", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"OSs", @@ -11341,7 +11377,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00409.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00409.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"630", + "code":"632", "des":"If the kernel version of a node is earlier than 5.9 and a CCE cluster runs in IPVS forwarding mode, there may be a service access failure after a backend service upgrade ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If There Is a Service Access Failure After a Backend Service Upgrade or 1-Second La", @@ -11359,7 +11395,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00163.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00163.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"631", + "code":"633", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Node Pool", @@ -11377,7 +11413,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00440.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00440.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"632", + "code":"634", "des":"Locate the fault based on the status of the abnormal node pool, as shown in Table 1.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Node Pool Is Abnormal?,Node Pool,User Guide", @@ -11395,7 +11431,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00127.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00127.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"633", + "code":"635", "des":"The node pool keeps being in the expanding state, but no node creation record is displayed in the operation record.Check and rectify the following faults:Whether the spec", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If No Node Creation Record Is Displayed When the Node Pool Is Being Scaled Out?,Nod", @@ -11413,7 +11449,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00432.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00432.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"634", + "code":"636", "des":"Locate the fault based on the events of the failure to scale out a node pool, as shown in Table 1.If a node pool scale-out fails, the event contains Ecs.0314. This error ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Node Pool Scale-Out Fails?,Node Pool,User Guide", @@ -11431,7 +11467,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00443.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00443.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"635", + "code":"637", "des":"If an ECS cannot be managed by a node pool due to the reasons listed in this section, you can modify the configuration to manage the ECS.The flavor of the ECS to be manag", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Modify ECS Configurations When an ECS Can't Be Managed by a Node Pool?,Node Pool,User Guide", @@ -11449,7 +11485,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00028.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00028.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"636", + "code":"638", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Workload", @@ -11467,7 +11503,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00029.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00029.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"637", + "code":"639", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Workload Exception Troubleshooting", @@ -11485,7 +11521,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00134.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00134.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"638", + "code":"640", "des":"If a workload is abnormal, you can check the pod events first to locate the fault and then rectify the fault.To locate the fault of an abnormal workload, take the followi", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Locate the Root Cause If a Workload Is Abnormal?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User G", @@ -11503,7 +11539,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00098.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00098.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"639", + "code":"641", "des":"If a pod is in the Pending state and the events contain the information that indicates a pod scheduling failure, you can locate the cause based on the events. For details", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If the Scheduling of a Pod Fails?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -11521,7 +11557,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00015.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00015.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"640", + "code":"642", "des":"When a workload's status shows \"Pod not ready: Back-off pulling image \"xxxxx\", a Kubernetes event of Failed to pull image or Failed to re-pull image will be reported. For", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Pod Fails to Pull the Image?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -11539,7 +11575,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00018.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00018.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"641", + "code":"643", "des":"On the details page of a workload, if an event is displayed indicating that the pod fails to be started, perform the following operations to locate the fault:If the node ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Pod Startup Fails?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -11557,7 +11593,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00209.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00209.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"642", + "code":"644", "des":"When a node is abnormal, Kubernetes will evict some pods on the node to ensure workload availability.In Kubernetes, both kube-controller-manager and kubelet can evict pod", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Pod Fails to Be Evicted?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -11575,7 +11611,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00200.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00200.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"643", + "code":"645", "des":"Abnormal EVS Storage Volume MountingAbnormal SFS Turbo Storage Volume MountingStorage Volume Mounting Timed OutIf the volume to be mounted stores too much data and involv", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Storage Volume Cannot Be Mounted or the Mounting Times Out?,Workload Exception", @@ -11593,7 +11629,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00140.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00140.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"644", + "code":"646", "des":"The workload remains in the creating state.Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out a ca", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Workload Remains in the Creating State?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,Use", @@ -11611,7 +11647,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00210.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00210.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"645", + "code":"647", "des":"When obtaining workloads in a namespace, you may come across pods that are in the Terminating state.For example, if you use the command below to obtain pods in the aos na", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Pod Remains in the Terminating State?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User ", @@ -11629,7 +11665,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00012.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00012.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"646", + "code":"648", "des":"A workload is in Stopped state.The metadata.enable field in the YAML file of the workload is false. As a result, the pod of the workload is deleted and the workload is in", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Workload Is Stopped Caused by Pod Deletion?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting", @@ -11647,7 +11683,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00109.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00109.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"647", + "code":"649", "des":"The following exceptions occur when services are deployed on the GPU nodes in a CCE cluster:The GPU memory of containers cannot be obtained.Seven GPU services are deploye", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If an Error Occurs When I Deploy a Service on a GPU Node?,Workload Exception Troubl", @@ -11665,7 +11701,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00404.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00404.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"648", + "code":"650", "des":"When a container fails to be started or terminated, the exit code is recorded by Kubernetes events to report the cause. This section describes how to locate faults using ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Locate Faults Using an Exit Code?,Workload Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -11683,7 +11719,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00095.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00095.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"649", + "code":"651", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Container Configuration", @@ -11701,7 +11737,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00159.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00159.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"650", + "code":"652", "des":"QuestionWhen is pre-stop processing used?AnswerService processing takes a long time. Pre-stop processing makes sure that during an upgrade, a pod is killed only when the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"When Is Pre-stop Processing Used?,Container Configuration,User Guide", @@ -11719,7 +11755,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00261.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00261.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"651", + "code":"653", "des":"When creating a workload, users can specify a container, pod, and namespace as an FQDN for accessing the container in the same namespace.FQDN stands for Fully Qualified D", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Set an FQDN for Accessing a Specified Container in the Same Namespace?,Container Configurat", @@ -11737,7 +11773,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00255.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00255.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"652", + "code":"654", "des":"When the liveness and readiness probes fail to perform the health check, locate the service fault first.Common causes are as follows:The service processing takes a long t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If Health Check Probes Occasionally Fail?,Container Configuration,User Guide", @@ -11755,7 +11791,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00230.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00230.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"653", + "code":"655", "des":"A container is started in tailf /dev/null mode and the directory permission is 700 after the startup script is manually executed. If the container is started by Kubernete", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Set the umask Value for a Container?,Container Configuration,User Guide", @@ -11773,7 +11809,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00004.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00004.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"654", + "code":"656", "des":"CCE is a cloud container engine service built on native Kubernetes. It fully supports native Kubernetes versions, Kubernetes APIs, and kubectl.In Kubernetes, the spec of ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Is the Retry Mechanism When CCE Fails to Start a Pod?,Container Configuration,User Guide", @@ -11791,7 +11827,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00284.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00284.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"655", + "code":"657", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Scheduling Policies", @@ -11809,7 +11845,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00260.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00260.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"656", + "code":"658", "des":"The kube-scheduler component in Kubernetes is responsible for pod scheduling. For each newly created pod or other unscheduled pods, kube-scheduler selects an optimal node", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Evenly Distribute Multiple Pods to Each Node?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11827,7 +11863,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00262.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00262.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"657", + "code":"659", "des":"During workload scheduling, two containers on a node may compete for resources. As a result, kubelet evicts both containers. This section describes how to set a policy to", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Prevent a Container on a Node from Being Evicted?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11845,7 +11881,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00314.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00314.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"658", + "code":"660", "des":"The kube-scheduler component in Kubernetes is responsible for pod scheduling. For each newly created pod or other unscheduled pods, kube-scheduler selects an optimal node", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Are Pods Not Evenly Distributed on Nodes?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11863,7 +11899,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00326.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00326.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"659", + "code":"661", "des":"You can run the kubectl drain command to safely evict all pods from a node.By default, the kubectl drain command retains some system pods, for example, everest-csi-driver", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Evict All Pods on a Node?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11881,7 +11917,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00293.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00293.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"660", + "code":"662", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Cannot a Pod Be Scheduled to a Node?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11899,7 +11935,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00487.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00487.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"661", + "code":"663", "des":"After a workload pod is scheduled on a node based on the node labels, any changes to the labels or kubelet restarts due to configuration changes lead to a fault. About 30", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Troubleshoot a Pod Exit Caused by a Node Label Update?,Scheduling Policies,User Guide", @@ -11917,7 +11953,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00186.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00186.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"662", + "code":"664", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Others", @@ -11935,7 +11971,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00213.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00213.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"663", + "code":"665", "des":"When a cron job is paused mid-execution and later resumed, the controller checks the number of missed scheduling times between the last scheduled time and the current tim", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Cron Job Cannot Be Restarted After Being Stopped for a Period of Time?,Others,", @@ -11953,7 +11989,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00289.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00289.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"664", + "code":"666", "des":"The inter-pod discovery service of CCE corresponds to the headless Service of Kubernetes. Headless Services specify None for the cluster IP (spec:clusterIP) in YAML, whic", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Is a Headless Service When I Create a StatefulSet?,Others,User Guide", @@ -11971,7 +12007,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00106.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00106.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"665", + "code":"667", "des":"When you replace the image of a container in a created workload and use an uploaded image on the CCE console, an error message \"Auth is empty, only accept X-Auth-Token or", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Auth is empty\" Is Displayed When a Private Image Is Pulled?,Other", @@ -11989,7 +12025,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00199.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00199.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"666", + "code":"668", "des":"A container image is required to create a container. Images may be stored locally or in a remote image repository.The imagePullPolicy field in the Kubernetes configuratio", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Is the Image Pull Policy for Containers in a CCE Cluster?,Others,User Guide", @@ -12007,7 +12043,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00319.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00319.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"667", + "code":"669", "des":"When containerd is used as the container engine, there is a possibility that the image layer is missing when an image is pulled to a node. As a result, the workload conta", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Can I Do If a Layer Is Missing During Image Pull?,Others,User Guide", @@ -12025,7 +12061,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00141.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00141.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"668", + "code":"670", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Networking", @@ -12043,7 +12079,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00205.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00205.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"669", + "code":"671", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Network Exception Troubleshooting", @@ -12061,8 +12097,8 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00202.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00202.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"670", - "des":"The issues here are described in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out one cause, move on to the next one.Check Item 1: Con", + "code":"672", + "des":"Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out a cause, check other causes.Check Item 1: Conta", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Locate a Workload Networking Fault?,Network Exception Troubleshooting,User Guide", "search_title":"", @@ -12079,7 +12115,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00203.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00203.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"671", + "code":"673", "des":"CCE does not return any error code when you fail to access your applications using a browser. Check your services first.404 Not FoundIf the error code shown in the follow", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Does the Browser Return Error Code 404 When I Access a Deployed Application?,Network Exception T", @@ -12097,7 +12133,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00204.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00204.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"672", + "code":"674", "des":"If a container cannot access the Internet, check whether the node where the container is located can access the Internet. Then check whether the network configuration of ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Container Fails to Access the Internet?,Network Exception Troubleshooting,User", @@ -12115,7 +12151,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00022.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00022.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"673", + "code":"675", "des":"If a node cannot access the Internet, you can check the items described in this section and resolve the issue.Log in to the ECS console and check whether an EIP has been ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Node Fails to Access the Internet?,Network Exception Troubleshooting,User Guid", @@ -12133,7 +12169,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00455.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00455.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"674", + "code":"676", "des":"If you configure an HTTPS certificate for a LoadBalancer ingress, access may become abnormal if any of the following issues arise. To fix the problem, refer to the causes", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Could Cause Access Exceptions After Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for a LoadBalancer Ingress", @@ -12151,7 +12187,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00146.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00146.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"675", + "code":"677", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Network Planning", @@ -12169,7 +12205,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00266.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00266.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"676", + "code":"678", "des":"A VPC is similar to a private local area network (LAN) managed by a home gateway whose IP address is 192.168.0.0/16. A VPC is a private network built on the cloud and pro", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Is the Relationship Between Clusters, VPCs, and Subnets?,Network Planning,User Guide", @@ -12187,7 +12223,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00265.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00265.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"677", + "code":"679", "des":"CCE is a universal container platform. Its default security group rules apply to common scenarios. When a cluster is created, a security group is automatically created fo", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Configure a Security Group Rule for a Cluster?,Network Planning,User Guide", @@ -12205,7 +12241,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00406.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00406.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"678", + "code":"680", "des":"To create an IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack CCE Turbo cluster, you need to set an IPv6 Service CIDR block. The default CIDR block is fc00::/112, which contains 65,536 IPv6 addresse", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Configure the IPv6 Service CIDR Block When Creating a CCE Turbo Cluster?,Network Planning,U", @@ -12223,7 +12259,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00264.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00264.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"679", + "code":"681", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Security Hardening", @@ -12241,7 +12277,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00267.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00267.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"680", + "code":"682", "des":"QuestionHow do I prevent cluster nodes from being exposed to public networks?SolutionIf access to port 22 of a cluster node is not required, you can define a security gro", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Prevent Cluster Nodes from Being Exposed to Public Networks?,Security Hardening,User Guide", @@ -12259,7 +12295,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00417.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00417.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"681", + "code":"683", "des":"After the public API Server address is bound to the cluster, modify the security group rules of port 5443 on the master node to harden the access control policy of the cl", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Configure an Access Policy for a Cluster?,Security Hardening,User Guide", @@ -12277,7 +12313,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00185.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00185.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"682", + "code":"684", "des":"If your ingress needs to use HTTPS, you must configure a secret of the IngressTLS or kubernetes.io/tls type when creating an ingress.When creating a secret, ensure that t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Obtain a TLS Key Certificate?,Security Hardening,User Guide", @@ -12295,7 +12331,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00392.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00392.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"683", + "code":"685", "des":"Do not add more than 1000 instances to the same security group. Otherwise, the security group performance may deteriorate.You can change the maximum number of servers dis", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Change the Security Group of Nodes in a Cluster in Batches?,Security Hardening,User Guide", @@ -12313,7 +12349,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00275.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00275.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"684", + "code":"686", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Network Configuration", @@ -12331,7 +12367,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00192.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00192.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"685", + "code":"687", "des":"Add hostNetwork: true to the spec.spec. in the YAML file of the workload to which the containers will belong.Configure node affinity policies, in addition to perform the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can Container IP Addresses Survive a Container Restart?,Network Configuration,User Guide", @@ -12349,7 +12385,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00446.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00446.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"686", + "code":"688", "des":"Pod subnets can be deleted from CCE Turbo clusters v1.23.17-r0, v1.25.12-r0, v1.27.9-r0, v1.28.7-r0, v1.29.3-r0, or later versions.Deleting a pod subnet from a cluster ca", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Check Whether an ENI Is Used by a Cluster?,Network Configuration,User Guide", @@ -12367,7 +12403,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00447.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00447.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"687", + "code":"689", "des":"Pod subnets can be deleted from CCE Turbo clusters v1.23.17-r0, v1.25.12-r0, v1.27.9-r0, v1.28.7-r0, v1.29.3-r0, or later versions.When you delete a subnet, CCE does not ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Delete a Security Group Rule Associated with a Deleted Subnet?,Network Configuration,User ", @@ -12385,7 +12421,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00460.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00460.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"688", + "code":"690", "des":"With CCE, you can associate multiple ingresses with a single load balancer listener and establish various forwarding policies. Listener configuration parameters are store", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Determine Which Ingress the Listener Settings Have Been Applied To?,Network Configuration,", @@ -12403,7 +12439,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00037.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00037.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"689", + "code":"691", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Storage", @@ -12421,7 +12457,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00224.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00224.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"690", + "code":"692", "des":"The default storage size of a container is 10 GiB. If a large volume of data is generated in the container, expand the capacity using the method described in this topic.R", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"base size,How Do I Expand the Storage Capacity of a Container?,Storage,User Guide", @@ -12439,7 +12475,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00038.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00038.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"691", + "code":"693", "des":"Container storage provides storage for container workloads. It supports multiple StorageClasses. A pod can use any amount of storage.Currently, CCE supports local, EVS, S", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Are the Differences Among CCE StorageClasses in Terms of Persistent Storage and Multi-Node Moun", @@ -12457,7 +12493,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00089.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00089.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"692", + "code":"694", "des":"If System Component Storage is set to System Disk, you do not need to add a data disk.Data disks are required if System Component Storage is set to Data Disk.A data disk ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can I Create a CCE Node Without Adding a Data Disk to the Node?,Storage,User Guide", @@ -12475,7 +12511,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00218.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00218.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"693", + "code":"695", "des":"When a Service deployed on CCE attempts to upload files to OBS after receiving an access request from an offline machine, an error message is displayed, indicating that t", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If the Host Cannot Be Found When Files Need to Be Uploaded to OBS During the Access", @@ -12493,7 +12529,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00235.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00235.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"694", + "code":"696", "des":"The Kubernetes pod structure does not contain ExtendPathMode. Therefore, when a user calls the API for creating a pod or deployment by using client-go, the created pod do", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Achieve Compatibility Between ExtendPathMode and Kubernetes client-go?,Storage,User Guide", @@ -12511,7 +12547,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00316.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00316.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"695", + "code":"697", "des":"CCE PersistentVolumeClaims (PVCs) are implemented as they are in Kubernetes. A PVC is defined as a storage declaration and is decoupled from underlying storage. It is not", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can CCE PVCs Detect Underlying Storage Faults?,Storage,User Guide", @@ -12529,7 +12565,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00418.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00418.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"696", + "code":"698", "des":"An existing PV or PVC cannot be deleted by running the kubectl delete command and it remains in the terminating state.To prevent data loss caused by mis-deletion of PVs o", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Cannot I Delete a PV or PVC Using the kubectl delete Command?,Storage,User Guide", @@ -12547,7 +12583,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00324.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00324.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"697", + "code":"699", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Namespace", @@ -12565,7 +12601,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00325.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00325.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"698", + "code":"700", "des":"The namespace remains in the Deleting state. The error message \"DiscoveryFailed\" is displayed in status in the YAML file.In the preceding figure, the full error message i", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Namespace Fails to Be Deleted Due to an APIService Object Access Failure?,Name", @@ -12583,7 +12619,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00277.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00277.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"699", + "code":"701", "des":"A Kubernetes namespace is typically in the active or terminating state. If a namespace is deleted when there are still running resources, the namespace enters the termina", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Delete a Namespace in the Terminating State?,Namespace,User Guide", @@ -12601,7 +12637,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00215.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00215.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"700", + "code":"702", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Chart and Add-on", @@ -12619,7 +12655,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00130.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00130.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"701", + "code":"703", "des":"When the node load is heavy, residual CCE Node Problem Detector process resources may exist.After successful login to the ECS node where the CCE cluster runs, it is found", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If Residual Process Resources Exist Due to an Earlier CCE Node Problem Detector Add", @@ -12637,7 +12673,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00322.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00322.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"702", + "code":"704", "des":"When an add-on fails to be installed, the error message \"The release name is already exist\" is returned.The add-on release record remains in the Kubernetes cluster. Gener", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If Installation of an Add-on Fails and \"The release name is already exist\" Is Displ", @@ -12655,7 +12691,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00429.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00429.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"703", + "code":"705", "des":"After changing the cluster scale, adjust the add-on resource quotas based on the cluster scale to ensure that the add-on pods can run properly. For example, if you expand", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Configure the Add-on Resource Quotas Based on Cluster Scale?,Chart and Add-on,User Guide", @@ -12673,7 +12709,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00438.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00438.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"704", + "code":"706", "des":"The NGINX Ingress Controller add-on is in the unknown state, and after this add-on is uninstalled, residual components still remain.Involved Kubernetes resources include:", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Clean Up Residual Resources After the NGINX Ingress Controller Add-on in the Unknown State", @@ -12691,7 +12727,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00488.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00488.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"705", + "code":"707", "des":"When GPU virtualization workloads are present on a GPU node, upgrading or rolling back the CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on led to failures in upgrading or rolling back c", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Drain a GPU Node After Upgrading or Rolling Back the CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) Add-on?,Cha", @@ -12709,7 +12745,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00207.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00207.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"706", + "code":"708", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"API & kubectl FAQs", @@ -12727,7 +12763,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00025.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00025.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"707", + "code":"709", "des":"You can use either of the following methods to access a cluster API server:(Recommended) Through the cluster API. This access mode uses certificate authentication. It is ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Can I Access a Cluster API Server?,API & kubectl FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12745,7 +12781,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00208.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00208.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"708", + "code":"710", "des":"The CCE console does not support the display of the following Kubernetes resources: DaemonSets, ReplicationControllers, ReplicaSets, and endpoints.To query these resource", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can the Resources Created Using APIs or kubectl Be Displayed on the CCE Console?,API & kubectl FAQs,", @@ -12763,7 +12799,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00041.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00041.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"709", + "code":"711", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Download kubeconfig for Connecting to a Cluster Using kubectl?,API & kubectl FAQs,User Guid", @@ -12781,7 +12817,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00321.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00321.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"710", + "code":"712", "des":"The error message \"Error from server (ServiceUnavailable): the server is currently unable to handle the request (get nodes.metrics.k8s.io)\" is displayed after the kubectl", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Rectify the Error Reported When Running the kubectl top node Command?,API & kubectl FAQs,Us", @@ -12799,7 +12835,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00311.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00311.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"711", + "code":"713", "des":"When you use kubectl to create or query Kubernetes resources, the following output is returned:# kubectl get deploy Error from server (Forbidden): deployments.apps is for", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Is \"Error from server (Forbidden)\" Displayed When I Use kubectl?,API & kubectl FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12817,7 +12853,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00001.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00001.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"712", + "code":"714", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"DNS FAQs", @@ -12835,7 +12871,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00197.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00197.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"713", + "code":"715", "des":"CoreDNS QPS is positively correlated with the CPU usage. If the QPS is high, adjust the CoreDNS instance specifications based on the QPS.If the add-on performance reaches", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Should I Do If Domain Name Resolution Fails in a CCE Cluster?,DNS FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12853,7 +12889,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00107.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00107.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"714", + "code":"716", "des":"A customer bound its domain name to the private domain names in the DNS service and also to a specific VPC. It is found that the ECSs in the VPC can properly resolve the ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Why Does a Container in a CCE Cluster Fail to Perform DNS Resolution?,DNS FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12871,7 +12907,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00195.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00195.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"715", + "code":"717", "des":"The following is an example resolv.conf file for a container in a workload:In the preceding information:nameserver: IP address of the DNS. Set this parameter to the clust", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Optimize the Configuration If the External Domain Name Resolution Is Slow or Times Out?,DNS", @@ -12889,7 +12925,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00194.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00194.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"716", + "code":"718", "des":"CCE uses dnsPolicy to identify different DNS policies for each pod. The value of dnsPolicy can be either of the following:None: No DNS policy is configured. In this mode,", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Configure a DNS Policy for a Container?,DNS FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12907,7 +12943,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00093.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00093.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"717", + "code":"719", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Image Repository FAQs", @@ -12925,7 +12961,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00032.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00032.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"718", + "code":"720", "des":"SWR manages images for CCE. It provides the following ways to upload images:Uploading an Image Through a Container Engine Client", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"How Do I Upload My Images to CCE?,Image Repository FAQs,User Guide", @@ -12943,7 +12979,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00397.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00397.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"719", + "code":"721", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Permissions", @@ -12961,7 +12997,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00398.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00398.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"720", + "code":"722", "des":"Namespace permissions and cluster management permissions are independent and complementary to each other.Namespace permissions: apply to clusters and are used to manage o", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can I Configure Only Namespace Permissions Without Cluster Management Permissions?,Permissions,User ", @@ -12979,7 +13015,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00399.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00399.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"721", + "code":"723", "des":"CCE has cloud service APIs and cluster APIs.Cloud service APIs: You can perform operations on the infrastructure (such as creating nodes) and cluster resources (such as c", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can I Use CCE APIs If the Cluster Management Permissions Are Not Configured?,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -12997,7 +13033,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00400.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00400.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"722", + "code":"724", "des":"IAM authentication is not required for running kubectl commands. Therefore, you can run kubectl commands without configuring cluster management (IAM) permissions. However", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Can I Use kubectl If the Cluster Management Permissions Are Not Configured?,Permissions,User Guide", @@ -13015,7 +13051,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_00484.html", "node_id":"cce_faq_00484.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"723", + "code":"725", "des":"When creating an OBS PVC in a CCE cluster, you need to select an access key (AK/SK). OBS access keys are classified into the following types:(Recommended) Custom access k", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"What Is an OBS Global Access Key and How Do I Check Whether a Global Access Key Is Used in a Cluster", @@ -13033,7 +13069,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9999.html", "node_id":"cce_01_9999.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"724", + "code":"726", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Data from CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0", @@ -13053,7 +13089,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9998.html", "node_id":"cce_01_9998.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"725", + "code":"727", "des":"CCE 2.0 inherits and modifies the features of CCE 1.0, and release new features.Modified features:Clusters in CCE 1.0 are equivalent to Hybrid clusters in CCE 2.0.CCE 2.0", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Differences Between CCE 1.0 and CCE 2.0,Migrating Data from CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0,User Guide", @@ -13073,7 +13109,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9997.html", "node_id":"cce_01_9997.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"726", + "code":"728", "des":"Migrate the images stored in the image repository of CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0.A VM is available. The VM is bound to a public IP address and can access the Internet. Docker (ear", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Images,Migrating Data from CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0,User Guide", @@ -13093,7 +13129,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9996.html", "node_id":"cce_01_9996.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"727", + "code":"729", "des":"Create Hybrid clusters on the CCE 2.0 console. These new Hybrid clusters should have the same specifications with those created on CCE 1.0.To create clusters using APIs, ", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Clusters,Migrating Data from CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0,User Guide", @@ -13113,7 +13149,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9995.html", "node_id":"cce_01_9995.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"728", + "code":"730", "des":"This section describes how to create a Deployment with the same specifications as that in CCE 1.0 on the CCE 2.0 console.It is advised to delete the applications on CCE 1", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Migrating Applications,Migrating Data from CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0,User Guide", @@ -13133,7 +13169,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_0300.html", "node_id":"cce_01_0300.xml", "product_code":"cce", - "code":"729", + "code":"731", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/cce/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index c22671a95..98d3677ae 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/cce/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ "code":"172" }, { - "desc":"The maximum number of pods that can be created on a node is calculated based on the cluster type.The number of allocatable pod IP addresses on a node is the maximum numbe", + "desc":"The maximum number of pods that can be created on a node is calculated based on the cluster type.When creating a cluster in the VPC network model, follow the and specify", "product_code":"cce", "title":"Maximum Number of Pods That Can Be Created on a Node", "uri":"cce_10_0348.html", @@ -2888,6 +2888,15 @@ "p_code":"320", "code":"321" }, + { + "desc":"In CCE, clusters can use Nginx ingresses and LoadBalancer ingresses to enable Layer 7 network access for applications.Nginx ingresses, enhanced by CCE using the NGINX Ing", + "product_code":"cce", + "title":"Comparison Between LoadBalancer Ingresses and Nginx Ingresses", + "uri":"cce_10_0850.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual2", + "p_code":"320", + "code":"322" + }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"cce", @@ -2895,7 +2904,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0686.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"320", - "code":"322" + "code":"323" }, { "desc":"In Kubernetes, an ingress is a resource object that controls how Services within a cluster can be accessed from outside the cluster. You can use ingresses to configure di", @@ -2903,8 +2912,8 @@ "title":"Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress on the Console", "uri":"cce_10_0251.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"323" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"324" }, { "desc":"This section uses an Nginx workload as an example to describe how to create a LoadBalancer ingress using kubectl.If no load balancer is available in the same VPC, CCE can", @@ -2912,8 +2921,8 @@ "title":"Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress Using kubectl", "uri":"cce_10_0252.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"324" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"325" }, { "desc":"When a LoadBalancer ingress is created in a CCE cluster, CCE automatically provisions a listener for the load balancer associated with the ingress on ELB and adds forward", @@ -2921,8 +2930,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Advanced Forwarding Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0949.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"325" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"326" }, { "desc":"CCE sets up forwarding policies on the ELB console based on the rules specified in the ingress configurations when creating LoadBalancer ingresses.To address more complex", @@ -2930,8 +2939,8 @@ "title":"Forwarding Policy Priorities of LoadBalancer Ingresses", "uri":"cce_10_0950.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"326" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"327" }, { "desc":"You can add annotations to a YAML file for more advanced ingress functions. This section describes the annotations that can be used when you create a LoadBalancer ingress", @@ -2939,8 +2948,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Advanced LoadBalancer Ingress Functions Using Annotations", "uri":"cce_10_0695.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"327" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"328" }, { "desc":"In a cluster, you can configure multiple ingresses to use the same ELB listener, allowing them to use the same port on a single load balancer. If two ingresses have diffe", @@ -2948,8 +2957,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Multiple Ingresses in a Cluster to Use the Same Load Balancer", "uri":"cce_10_0954.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"328" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"329" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2957,8 +2966,8 @@ "title":"Advanced Setting Examples of LoadBalancer Ingresses", "uri":"cce_10_0935.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"322", - "code":"329" + "p_code":"323", + "code":"330" }, { "desc":"Ingresses support SSL or TLS certificates, allowing you to secure your Services with HTTPS.You are allowed to use either of the following ways to configure an ingress cer", @@ -2966,8 +2975,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0687.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"330" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"331" }, { "desc":"If the HTTPS certificate for a LoadBalancer ingress is about to expire or has expired, follow the operations provided in this section to update it.", @@ -2975,8 +2984,8 @@ "title":"Updating the HTTPS Certificate for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0930.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"331" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"332" }, { "desc":"An SNI certificate is an extended server certificate that allows the same IP address and port number to provide multiple access domain names for external systems. Differe", @@ -2984,8 +2993,8 @@ "title":"Configuring SNI for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0688.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"332" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"333" }, { "desc":"An ingress can route requests to multiple backend Services based on different matching policies. For example, requests can be routed to three different backend Services s", @@ -2993,8 +3002,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Multiple Forwarding Policies for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0689.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"333" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"334" }, { "desc":"Ingresses can use HTTP/2 to expose Services. Connections from the load balancer to your application use HTTP/1.x by default. If your application is capable of receiving H", @@ -3002,8 +3011,8 @@ "title":"Configuring HTTP/2 for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0694.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"334" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"335" }, { "desc":"Ingresses can interconnect with backend services of different protocols. By default, the backend proxy channel of an ingress is HTTP-compliant. To create an HTTPS channel", @@ -3011,8 +3020,8 @@ "title":"Configuring HTTPS Backend Services for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0691.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"335" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"336" }, { "desc":"LoadBalancer ingresses support the following timeout settings:Idle timeout setting for client connections: maximum duration for keeping a connection when no client reques", @@ -3020,8 +3029,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Timeout for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0730.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"336" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"337" }, { "desc":"With slow start configured, a load balancer linearly increases the proportion of requests to backend server pods. When the slow start duration elapses, the load balancer ", @@ -3029,8 +3038,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Slow Start for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0735.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"337" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"338" }, { "desc":"You can add IP addresses to a trustlist or blocklist to control access to a listener of a LoadBalancer ingress.Trustlist: Only the IP addresses in the list can access the", @@ -3038,8 +3047,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Blocklist/Trustlist Access Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0832.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"338" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"339" }, { "desc":"Ingress allows you to customize listening ports. You can configure both HTTP and HTTPS listeners for a Service. For example, a Service can make available both HTTP port 8", @@ -3047,8 +3056,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Range of Listening Ports for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0937.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"339" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"340" }, { "desc":"When multiple ingresses share the same load balancer listener, you can prioritize forwarding rules according to the following guidelines:For forwarding rules within the s", @@ -3056,8 +3065,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the Priorities of Forwarding Rules for LoadBalancer Ingresses", "uri":"cce_10_0939.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"340" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"341" }, { "desc":"Dedicated load balancer ingresses support custom header forwarding policies. You can configure different header key-value pairs to determine the backend Service to which ", @@ -3065,8 +3074,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Custom Header Forwarding Policy for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0896.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"341" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"342" }, { "desc":"You can customize the EIP bound to a load balancer that is automatically created by CCE by adding the kubernetes.io/elb.custom-eip-id annotation to an ingress.A CCE stand", @@ -3074,8 +3083,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Custom EIP for a LoadBalancer Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0925.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"329", - "code":"342" + "p_code":"330", + "code":"343" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3084,7 +3093,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0692.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"320", - "code":"343" + "code":"344" }, { "desc":"In Kubernetes, an ingress is a resource object that controls how Services within a cluster can be accessed from outside the cluster. You can use ingresses to configure di", @@ -3092,8 +3101,8 @@ "title":"Creating an Nginx Ingress on the Console", "uri":"cce_10_0390.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"344" + "p_code":"344", + "code":"345" }, { "desc":"This section uses an Nginx workload as an example to describe how to create an Nginx ingress using kubectl.In CCE clusters of v1.23 or later, the ingress version is switc", @@ -3101,8 +3110,8 @@ "title":"Creating an Nginx Ingress Using kubectl", "uri":"cce_10_0364.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"345" + "p_code":"344", + "code":"346" }, { "desc":"The nginx-ingress add-on in CCE uses the community chart and image. If the default add-on parameters cannot meet your demands, you can add annotations to define what you ", @@ -3110,8 +3119,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Advanced Nginx Ingress Functions Using Annotations", "uri":"cce_10_0699.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"346" + "p_code":"344", + "code":"347" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3119,8 +3128,8 @@ "title":"Advanced Setting Examples of Nginx Ingresses", "uri":"cce_10_0936.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"347" + "p_code":"344", + "code":"348" }, { "desc":"HTTPS certificates can be configured for ingresses to provide security services.Create a YAML file named ingress-test-secret.yaml. The file name can be customized.The YAM", @@ -3128,8 +3137,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for an Nginx Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0693.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"348" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"349" }, { "desc":"A Server Name Indication (SNI) certificate is an extended server certificate that allows one IP:port pair to support multiple domain names externally. It uses different s", @@ -3137,8 +3146,8 @@ "title":"Configuring SNI for an Nginx Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_1076.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"349" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"350" }, { "desc":"Ingress can function as a proxy for backend services using different protocols. By default, the backend proxy channel of an ingress is an HTTP channel. To create an HTTPS", @@ -3146,8 +3155,8 @@ "title":"Configuring HTTPS Backend Services for an Nginx Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0697.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"350" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"351" }, { "desc":"The native Nginx supports multiple load balancing rules, including weighted round robin and IP hash. Nginx Ingress supports load balancing by using consistent hashing bas", @@ -3155,8 +3164,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Consistent Hashing for Load Balancing of an Nginx Ingress", "uri":"cce_10_0698.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"351" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"352" }, { "desc":"Nginx ingresses use NGINX Ingress Controller (NGINX Ingress Controller) in clusters to balance load and control access for traffic. The stability of NGINX Ingress Control", @@ -3164,8 +3173,8 @@ "title":"Nginx Ingress Usage Suggestions", "uri":"cce_10_0857.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"352" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"353" }, { "desc":"Ingress objects provide Layer 7 protocols like HTTP and HTTPS for clusters. Among the available options, Nginx ingresses are widely used. CCE has developed a featured ope", @@ -3173,8 +3182,8 @@ "title":"Optimizing NGINX Ingress Controller in High-Traffic Scenarios", "uri":"cce_10_0919.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"353" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"354" }, { "desc":"CCE provides the following options for configuring ingress certificates for the Nginx Ingress Controller add-on:Secret certificate. Import the required certificate to a C", @@ -3182,8 +3191,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an ELB Certificate for NGINX Ingress Controller", "uri":"cce_10_0947.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"347", - "code":"354" + "p_code":"348", + "code":"355" }, { "desc":"CCE NGINX Ingress Controller is based on the community version of Ingress NGINX Controller. Upgrades to the community version may introduce new features, optimize existin", @@ -3191,8 +3200,17 @@ "title":"NGINX Ingress Controller Upgrade Compatibility", "uri":"cce_10_0968.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"343", - "code":"355" + "p_code":"344", + "code":"356" + }, + { + "desc":"This section contains important information. Ignoring the information may affect your services.The Kubernetes contributor community recently released a blog post Ingress ", + "product_code":"cce", + "title":"Redirecting Traffic from an Nginx Ingress to a LoadBalancer Ingress", + "uri":"cce_10_0858.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual2", + "p_code":"320", + "code":"357" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3201,7 +3219,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0359.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"271", - "code":"356" + "code":"358" }, { "desc":"When you create a cluster, the CoreDNS add-on is installed to resolve domain names in the cluster.You can view the pod of the CoreDNS add-on in the kube-system namespace.", @@ -3209,8 +3227,8 @@ "title":"DNS Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0360.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"357" + "p_code":"358", + "code":"359" }, { "desc":"Every Kubernetes cluster has a built-in DNS add-on (Kube-DNS or CoreDNS) to provide domain name resolution for workloads in the cluster. When handling a high concurrency ", @@ -3218,8 +3236,8 @@ "title":"DNS Configuration", "uri":"cce_10_0365.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"358" + "p_code":"358", + "code":"360" }, { "desc":"When using CCE, you may need to resolve custom internal domain names in the following scenarios:In the legacy code, a fixed domain name is configured for calling other in", @@ -3227,8 +3245,8 @@ "title":"Using CoreDNS for Custom Domain Name Resolution", "uri":"cce_10_0361.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"359" + "p_code":"358", + "code":"361" }, { "desc":"When the number of DNS requests in a cluster increases, the load of CoreDNS increases and the following issues may occur:Increased delay: CoreDNS needs to process more re", @@ -3236,8 +3254,8 @@ "title":"Using NodeLocal DNSCache to Improve DNS Performance", "uri":"cce_10_0362.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"360" + "p_code":"358", + "code":"362" }, { "desc":"NodeLocal DNSCache defaults to using port 8080 on the host node, but this can cause conflicts with other services sharing the same port. This section describes how to cha", @@ -3245,8 +3263,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Default NodeLocal DNSCache Port", "uri":"cce_10_0959.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"356", - "code":"361" + "p_code":"358", + "code":"363" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3255,7 +3273,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0679.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"271", - "code":"362" + "code":"364" }, { "desc":"When creating a cluster, deploy it in a VPC. If the planned VPC is too small and IP addresses are insufficient, you can use a secondary VPC CIDR block to support your ser", @@ -3263,8 +3281,8 @@ "title":"Adding a Secondary VPC CIDR Block for a Cluster", "uri":"cce_10_0387.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"362", - "code":"363" + "p_code":"364", + "code":"365" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to access an intranet from a container (outside the cluster in a VPC), including intra-VPC access and cross-VPC access.The performance of acces", @@ -3273,7 +3291,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0399.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"271", - "code":"364" + "code":"366" }, { "desc":"Containers can access the Internet in either of the following ways:Bind an EIP to the node where the container is located if the network model is VPC or tunnel.Bind an EI", @@ -3282,7 +3300,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0400.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"271", - "code":"365" + "code":"367" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3291,7 +3309,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0374.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"366" + "code":"368" }, { "desc":"The Kubernetes Container Storage Interface (CSI) is a standardized storage add-on framework launched by the Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF). It aims to decouple ", @@ -3299,8 +3317,8 @@ "title":"Storage Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0307.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"367" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"369" }, { "desc":"On-disk files in a container are ephemeral, which presents the following problems to important applications running in the container:When a container is rebuilt, files in", @@ -3308,8 +3326,8 @@ "title":"Storage Basics", "uri":"cce_10_0378.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"368" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"370" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3317,8 +3335,8 @@ "title":"EVS", "uri":"cce_10_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"369" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"371" }, { "desc":"To achieve persistent storage, CCE allows you to mount the storage volumes created from Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks to a path of a container. When the container is", @@ -3326,8 +3344,8 @@ "title":"EVS Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0613.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"370" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"372" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to create a PV using an existing EVS disk. After the PV is created, you can create a PVC and bind it to the PV. This method is suitable for scenarios where", @@ -3335,8 +3353,8 @@ "title":"Using an Existing EVS Disk Through a Static PV", "uri":"cce_10_0614.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"371" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"373" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to specify a StorageClass to automatically create an EVS disk and the corresponding PV. This function is applicable when no underlying storage volume is av", @@ -3344,8 +3362,8 @@ "title":"Using an EVS Disk Through a Dynamic PV", "uri":"cce_10_0615.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"372" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"374" }, { "desc":"Dynamic mounting is available only for creating a StatefulSet. It is implemented through a volume claim template (volumeClaimTemplates field) and depends on dynamic creat", @@ -3353,8 +3371,8 @@ "title":"Dynamically Mounting an EVS Disk to a StatefulSet", "uri":"cce_10_0616.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"373" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"375" }, { "desc":"Encrypting cloud disks ensures data privacy and control, making it ideal for scenarios that demand high security or compliance standards. This section describes how to us", @@ -3362,8 +3380,8 @@ "title":"Encrypting EVS Disks", "uri":"cce_10_0859.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"374" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"376" }, { "desc":"If the EVS disk attached to a workload does not have enough space, you can increase its capacity by expanding it. This section describes how to expand the capacity of an ", @@ -3371,8 +3389,8 @@ "title":"Expanding the Capacity of an EVS Disk", "uri":"cce_10_0860.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"375" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"377" }, { "desc":"CCE works with EVS to support snapshots. A snapshot is a complete copy or image of EVS disk data at a specific time, which can be used for data DR.You can create snapshot", @@ -3380,8 +3398,8 @@ "title":"Snapshots and Backups", "uri":"cce_10_0381.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"376" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"378" }, { "desc":"Mount options are parameters passed to the kernel during file system mounting. They control the access mode, performance optimization, and security policies of storage de", @@ -3389,8 +3407,8 @@ "title":"Configuring EVS Mount Options", "uri":"cce_10_1012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"369", - "code":"377" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"379" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3398,8 +3416,8 @@ "title":"SFS", "uri":"cce_10_0111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"378" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"380" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to mount a volume created from a Scalable File Service (SFS) file system to a container to store data persistently. SFS volumes are commonly used in ReadWr", @@ -3407,8 +3425,8 @@ "title":"SFS Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0617.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"378", - "code":"379" + "p_code":"380", + "code":"381" }, { "desc":"SFS is a type of network-attached storage (NAS) that provides shared, scalable, and high-performance file storage. It applies to large-capacity expansion and cost-sensiti", @@ -3416,8 +3434,8 @@ "title":"Using an Existing SFS File System Through a Static PV", "uri":"cce_10_0619.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"378", - "code":"380" + "p_code":"380", + "code":"382" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use StorageClasses to dynamically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.You have created a cluster and installed", @@ -3425,8 +3443,8 @@ "title":"Using an SFS File System Through a Dynamic PV", "uri":"cce_10_0620.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"378", - "code":"381" + "p_code":"380", + "code":"383" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to configure SFS mount options. You can configure mount options in a PV and bind the PV to a PVC. Alternatively, configure mount options in a S", @@ -3434,8 +3452,8 @@ "title":"Configuring SFS Volume Mount Options", "uri":"cce_10_0337.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"378", - "code":"382" + "p_code":"380", + "code":"384" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3443,8 +3461,8 @@ "title":"SFS Turbo", "uri":"cce_10_0125.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"383" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"385" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to mount storage volumes created by SFS Turbo file systems to a path of a container to meet data persistence requirements. SFS Turbo file systems are fast,", @@ -3452,8 +3470,8 @@ "title":"SFS Turbo Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0624.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"383", - "code":"384" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"386" }, { "desc":"SFS Turbo is a shared file system with high availability and durability. It is suitable for applications that contain massive small files and require low latency, and hig", @@ -3461,8 +3479,8 @@ "title":"Using an Existing SFS Turbo File System Through a Static PV", "uri":"cce_10_0625.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"383", - "code":"385" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"387" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to configure SFS Turbo mount options. For SFS Turbo, you can only set mount options in a PV and bind the PV by creating a PVC.The CCE Container", @@ -3470,8 +3488,8 @@ "title":"Configuring SFS Turbo Mount Options", "uri":"cce_10_0626.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"383", - "code":"386" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"388" }, { "desc":"When an SFS Turbo volume is mounted to a workload container, the root directory is mounted to the container by default. However, the minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo volu", @@ -3479,8 +3497,8 @@ "title":"(Recommended) Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using a Dynamic PV", "uri":"cce_10_0839.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"383", - "code":"387" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"389" }, { "desc":"The minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo file system is 1000 GiB. By default, the root directory of an SFS Turbo file system is mounted to a container which, in most case, do", @@ -3488,8 +3506,8 @@ "title":"Dynamically Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using StorageClass", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00253.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"383", - "code":"388" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"390" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3497,8 +3515,8 @@ "title":"OBS", "uri":"cce_10_0160.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"389" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"391" }, { "desc":"Object Storage Service (OBS) provides massive, secure, and cost-effective data storage for you to store data of any type and size. You can use it in enterprise backup/arc", @@ -3506,8 +3524,8 @@ "title":"OBS Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0628.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"390" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"392" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an existing Object Storage Service (OBS) bucket to statically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.You have", @@ -3515,8 +3533,8 @@ "title":"Using an Existing OBS Bucket Through a Static PV", "uri":"cce_10_0379.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"391" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"393" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to automatically create an OBS bucket. It is applicable when no underlying storage volume is available.If OBS volumes are used, the owner group", @@ -3524,8 +3542,8 @@ "title":"Using an OBS Bucket Through a Dynamic PV", "uri":"cce_10_0630.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"392" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"394" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to configure OBS volume mount options. You can configure mount options in a PV and bind the PV to a PVC. Alternatively, configure mount options", @@ -3533,8 +3551,8 @@ "title":"Configuring OBS Mount Options", "uri":"cce_10_0631.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"393" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"395" }, { "desc":"CCE Container Storage (Everest) supports custom access keys. In this way, IAM users can use their own custom access keys to mount an OBS volume.The CCE Container Storage ", @@ -3542,8 +3560,8 @@ "title":"Using a Custom Access Key (AK/SK) to Mount an OBS Volume", "uri":"cce_10_0336.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"394" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"396" }, { "desc":"If your service containers use OBS for data storage and access, you must manually restart them whenever the OBS volume's access keys are changed to apply the new keys. Th", @@ -3551,8 +3569,8 @@ "title":"Automatically Applying Updated Access Keys (AK/SK) for an OBS Volume", "uri":"cce_10_0966.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"389", - "code":"395" + "p_code":"391", + "code":"397" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3560,8 +3578,8 @@ "title":"Local PVs", "uri":"cce_10_0391.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"396" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"398" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. A PV that uses a local persistent vol", @@ -3569,8 +3587,8 @@ "title":"Local PV Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0633.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"397" + "p_code":"398", + "code":"399" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. Before creating a local PV, import th", @@ -3578,8 +3596,8 @@ "title":"Importing a PV to a Storage Pool", "uri":"cce_10_0642.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"398" + "p_code":"398", + "code":"400" }, { "desc":"You have created a cluster and installed the CSI add-on (Everest) in the cluster.To create a cluster using commands, ensure kubectl is used. For details, see Accessing a ", @@ -3587,8 +3605,8 @@ "title":"Using a Local PV Through a Dynamic PV", "uri":"cce_10_0634.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"399" + "p_code":"398", + "code":"401" }, { "desc":"Dynamic mounting is available only for creating a StatefulSet. It is implemented through a volume claim template (volumeClaimTemplates field) and depends on dynamic creat", @@ -3596,8 +3614,8 @@ "title":"Dynamically Mounting a Local PV to a StatefulSet", "uri":"cce_10_0635.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"400" + "p_code":"398", + "code":"402" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3605,8 +3623,8 @@ "title":"emptyDir", "uri":"cce_10_0636.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"401" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"403" }, { "desc":"Some applications require additional storage, but whether the data is still available after a restart is not important. For example, although cache services are limited b", @@ -3614,8 +3632,8 @@ "title":"emptyDir Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0637.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"401", - "code":"402" + "p_code":"403", + "code":"404" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to use LVM to combine data volumes on nodes into a storage pool (VolumeGroup) and create LVs for containers to mount. Before creating a local EV, import th", @@ -3623,8 +3641,8 @@ "title":"Importing an EV to a Storage Pool", "uri":"cce_10_0725.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"401", - "code":"403" + "p_code":"403", + "code":"405" }, { "desc":"Local Ephemeral Volumes (EVs) are stored in EV storage pools. Local EVs deliver better performance than the default storage medium of native emptyDir and support scale-ou", @@ -3632,8 +3650,8 @@ "title":"Local EV", "uri":"cce_10_0726.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"401", - "code":"404" + "p_code":"403", + "code":"406" }, { "desc":"A temporary path is of the Kubernetes-native emptyDir type. Its lifecycle is the same as that of a pod. Memory can be specified as the storage medium. When the pod is del", @@ -3641,8 +3659,8 @@ "title":"Temporary Path", "uri":"cce_10_0638.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"401", - "code":"405" + "p_code":"403", + "code":"407" }, { "desc":"hostPath is used for mounting the file directory of the host where the container is located to the specified mount point of the container. If the container needs to acces", @@ -3650,8 +3668,8 @@ "title":"hostPath", "uri":"cce_10_0377.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"406" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"408" }, { "desc":"StorageClasses are resource objects that define storage types in Kubernetes. They enable dynamic provisioning of storage volumes. Once you modify the parameter settings o", @@ -3659,8 +3677,8 @@ "title":"Customizing a StorageClass", "uri":"cce_10_0380.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"366", - "code":"407" + "p_code":"368", + "code":"409" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3669,7 +3687,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0207.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"408" + "code":"410" }, { "desc":"As applications increasingly run on Kubernetes, the ability to rapidly scale out during peak times and scale in during off-peak hours becomes crucial for efficiently mana", @@ -3677,8 +3695,8 @@ "title":"Auto Scaling Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0279.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"408", - "code":"409" + "p_code":"410", + "code":"411" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3686,8 +3704,8 @@ "title":"Workload Scaling", "uri":"cce_10_0293.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"408", - "code":"410" + "p_code":"410", + "code":"412" }, { "desc":"CCE supports multiple workload scaling modes. Comparisons between the scaling policies are listed in the following table.Comparisons between auto scaling policiesItemHPAC", @@ -3695,8 +3713,8 @@ "title":"Workload Scaling Rules", "uri":"cce_10_0290.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"411" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"413" }, { "desc":"As application access requests fluctuate, the preset number of pods often fails to meet the requirements for efficient, elastic resource utilization. For example, if the ", @@ -3704,8 +3722,8 @@ "title":"Creating an HPA Policy", "uri":"cce_10_0208.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"412" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"414" }, { "desc":"Kubernetes' default HPA policy only allows for auto scaling based on CPU and memory usage. However, in more complex service scenarios, this may not be sufficient to meet ", @@ -3713,8 +3731,8 @@ "title":"Creating an HPA Policy with Custom Metrics", "uri":"cce_10_0944.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"413" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"415" }, { "desc":"There are predictable and unpredictable traffic peaks for some services. For such services, CCE CronHPA allows you to scale resources in fixed periods. It can work with H", @@ -3722,8 +3740,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Scheduled CronHPA Policy", "uri":"cce_10_0415.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"414" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"416" }, { "desc":"The native HPA in Kubernetes is a passive, metric-based mechanism. Auto scaling is only triggered when the current resource usage exceeds the preset threshold. The native", @@ -3731,8 +3749,8 @@ "title":"Creating an AHPA Policy", "uri":"cce_10_0934.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"415" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"417" }, { "desc":"After a workload scaling policy is created, you can update and delete the policy, as well as edit the YAML file.You can view the rules, latest status, and events of a wor", @@ -3740,8 +3758,8 @@ "title":"Managing Workload Scaling Policies", "uri":"cce_10_0083.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"410", - "code":"416" + "p_code":"412", + "code":"418" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3749,8 +3767,8 @@ "title":"Node Scaling", "uri":"cce_10_0291.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"408", - "code":"417" + "p_code":"410", + "code":"419" }, { "desc":"HPA is designed for pod-level scaling and can dynamically adjust the number of replicas based on workload metrics. However, if cluster resources are insufficient and new ", @@ -3758,8 +3776,8 @@ "title":"Node Scaling Rules", "uri":"cce_10_0296.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"418" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"420" }, { "desc":"To use node flavor priorities, the Autoscaler version must be 1.19.35, 1.21.28, 1.23.30, 1.25.20, or later. To balance load among AZs, the version must be 1.23.122, 1.25.", @@ -3767,8 +3785,8 @@ "title":"Priorities for Scaling Node Pools", "uri":"cce_10_0649.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"419" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"421" }, { "desc":"If a large number of applications and services are running in a cluster, the compute resources of nodes are fixed, but the load is dynamic. There may be the following pro", @@ -3776,8 +3794,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Node Auto Scaling Policy", "uri":"cce_10_0209.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"420" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"422" }, { "desc":"After a node scaling policy is created, you can delete, edit, disable, enable, or clone the policy.You can view the associated node pool, rules, and scaling history of a ", @@ -3785,8 +3803,8 @@ "title":"Managing Node Scaling Policies", "uri":"cce_10_0063.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"421" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"423" }, { "desc":"When you use the CCE Cluster Autoscaler add-on to automatically adjust the number of nodes, you need to specify the scale-in conditions for each node pool in a cluster ba", @@ -3794,8 +3812,8 @@ "title":"Specifying Node Scale-in Conditions for a Node Pool", "uri":"cce_10_0967.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"422" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"424" }, { "desc":"After a node auto scaling policy is configured, scale-in latency may become excessive or scale-in speed may fall short of expectations, particularly in large-scale cluste", @@ -3803,8 +3821,8 @@ "title":"Modifying the Node Scale-In Concurrency Settings", "uri":"cce_10_1088.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"417", - "code":"423" + "p_code":"419", + "code":"425" }, { "desc":"The best way to handle surging traffic is to automatically adjust the number of machines based on the traffic volume or resource usage, which is called scaling.To prevent", @@ -3812,8 +3830,8 @@ "title":"Using HPA and CA for Auto Scaling of Workloads and Nodes", "uri":"cce_10_0300.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"408", - "code":"424" + "p_code":"410", + "code":"426" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3822,7 +3840,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0705.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"425" + "code":"427" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3830,8 +3848,8 @@ "title":"Logging", "uri":"cce_10_0553.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"425", - "code":"426" + "p_code":"427", + "code":"428" }, { "desc":"Kubernetes logs allow you to locate and rectify faults. This section describes how to manage Kubernetes logs using different methods.The following are Kubernetes log mana", @@ -3839,8 +3857,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0557.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"427" + "p_code":"428", + "code":"429" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3848,8 +3866,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Container Logs", "uri":"cce_10_0182.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"428" + "p_code":"428", + "code":"430" }, { "desc":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on (Cloud Native Log Collection) is developed based on Fluent Bit and OpenTelemetry for collecting logs and Kubernetes events. This ad", @@ -3857,8 +3875,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Container Logs Using the Cloud Native Log Collection Add-on", "uri":"cce_10_0555.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"428", - "code":"429" + "p_code":"430", + "code":"431" }, { "desc":"CCE works with AOM 1.0 to collect workload logs. When a node is created, ICAgent (a DaemonSet named icagent in the kube-system namespace of a cluster) is installed by def", @@ -3866,8 +3884,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Container Logs Using ICAgent", "uri":"cce_10_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"428", - "code":"430" + "p_code":"430", + "code":"432" }, { "desc":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on of CCE works with LTS to collect and store Kubernetes events and works with AOM to generate alarms.During Kubernetes event collecti", @@ -3875,8 +3893,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Kubernetes Events", "uri":"cce_10_0793.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"431" + "p_code":"428", + "code":"433" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to collect the logs of master nodes. On the Logging page, you can select one or more control plane components (kube-controller-manager, kube-apiserver, and", @@ -3884,8 +3902,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Control Plane Component Logs", "uri":"cce_10_0554.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"432" + "p_code":"428", + "code":"434" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to collect the logs of master nodes. On the Kubernetes Audit Logs tab of Logging, you can determine whether to report audit logs to LTS.The cluster version", @@ -3893,8 +3911,8 @@ "title":"Collecting Audit Logs", "uri":"cce_10_0792.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"426", - "code":"433" + "p_code":"428", + "code":"435" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3902,8 +3920,8 @@ "title":"Log Auditing", "uri":"cce_10_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"425", - "code":"434" + "p_code":"427", + "code":"436" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations on cloud service resources, allowing you to query, audit, and backtrack the resource operation requests initiated from the CC", @@ -3911,8 +3929,8 @@ "title":"CCE Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"cce_10_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"434", - "code":"435" + "p_code":"436", + "code":"437" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations performed on cloud service resources. A record contains information such as the user who performed the operation, IP address,", @@ -3920,8 +3938,8 @@ "title":"Viewing CTS Traces in the Trace List", "uri":"cce_10_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"434", - "code":"436" + "p_code":"436", + "code":"438" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3929,8 +3947,8 @@ "title":"O&M FAQ", "uri":"cce_10_0799.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"425", - "code":"437" + "p_code":"427", + "code":"439" }, { "desc":"How Do I Disable Logging?What Can I Do If All Components Except log-operator Are Not Ready?How Do I Handle the Error in Stdout Logs of log-operator?What Can I Do If Conta", @@ -3938,8 +3956,8 @@ "title":"Logging FAQ", "uri":"cce_10_0809.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"437", - "code":"438" + "p_code":"439", + "code":"440" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3947,8 +3965,8 @@ "title":"O&M Best Practices", "uri":"cce_10_0811.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"425", - "code":"439" + "p_code":"427", + "code":"441" }, { "desc":"CCE provides the Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on to monitor custom metrics using Prometheus.The following procedure uses an Nginx application as an example to desc", @@ -3956,8 +3974,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring Custom Metrics Using Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring", "uri":"cce_10_0373.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"439", - "code":"440" + "p_code":"441", + "code":"442" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to upload custom metrics to AOM. ICAgent on a node periodically calls the metric monitoring API configured on a workload to read monitoring data and then u", @@ -3965,8 +3983,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring Custom Metrics on AOM", "uri":"cce_10_0201.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"439", - "code":"441" + "p_code":"441", + "code":"443" }, { "desc":"In Grafana v1.3.1 and later versions, open-source Grafana versions v10 and v7 are available. However, if you upgrade the open-source Grafana version from v7.x to v10.x, c", @@ -3974,8 +3992,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Custom Views of Grafana", "uri":"cce_10_0960.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"439", - "code":"442" + "p_code":"441", + "code":"444" }, { "desc":"After connecting to an AOM instance, Grafana creates a data source named prometheus-aom and adds it to data sources through Provisioning, an automatic configuration metho", @@ -3983,8 +4001,8 @@ "title":"Switching the AOM Instance Connected to Grafana", "uri":"cce_10_1027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"439", - "code":"443" + "p_code":"441", + "code":"445" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3993,7 +4011,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"444" + "code":"446" }, { "desc":"A namespace is a collection of resources and objects. Multiple namespaces can be created inside a cluster and isolated from each other. This enables namespaces to share t", @@ -4001,8 +4019,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Namespace", "uri":"cce_10_0278.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"444", - "code":"445" + "p_code":"446", + "code":"447" }, { "desc":"When creating a workload, you can select a namespace to isolate resources or users.When querying workloads, you can select a namespace to view all workloads in the namesp", @@ -4010,8 +4028,8 @@ "title":"Managing Namespaces", "uri":"cce_10_0285.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"444", - "code":"446" + "p_code":"446", + "code":"448" }, { "desc":"Kubernetes provides namespaces for you to group resources in a cluster. Namespaces serve different purposes to meet the needs of multiple users, environments, and applica", @@ -4019,8 +4037,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Resource Quotas", "uri":"cce_10_0287.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"444", - "code":"447" + "p_code":"446", + "code":"449" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4029,7 +4047,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"448" + "code":"450" }, { "desc":"A ConfigMap is a type of resource that stores configuration information required by a workload. Its content is user-defined. After creating ConfigMaps, you can use them a", @@ -4037,8 +4055,8 @@ "title":"Creating a ConfigMap", "uri":"cce_10_0152.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"448", - "code":"449" + "p_code":"450", + "code":"451" }, { "desc":"After a ConfigMap is created, it can be used in three workload scenarios: environment variables, command line parameters, and data volumes.Configuring Environment Variabl", @@ -4046,8 +4064,8 @@ "title":"Using a ConfigMap", "uri":"cce_10_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"448", - "code":"450" + "p_code":"450", + "code":"452" }, { "desc":"A secret is a type of resource that holds sensitive data, such as authentication and key information. Its content is user-defined. After creating secrets, you can use the", @@ -4055,8 +4073,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Secret", "uri":"cce_10_0153.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"448", - "code":"451" + "p_code":"450", + "code":"453" }, { "desc":"After secrets are created, they can be mounted as data volumes or be exposed as environment variables to be used by a container in a pod.Do not perform any operation on t", @@ -4064,8 +4082,8 @@ "title":"Using a Secret", "uri":"cce_10_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"448", - "code":"452" + "p_code":"450", + "code":"454" }, { "desc":"By default, CCE creates the following secrets in each namespace:default-secretpaas.elbdefault-token-xxxxx (xxxxx is a random number.)The functions of these secrets are de", @@ -4073,8 +4091,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Secrets", "uri":"cce_10_0388.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"448", - "code":"453" + "p_code":"450", + "code":"455" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4083,7 +4101,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0064.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"454" + "code":"456" }, { "desc":"CCE provides multiple types of add-ons to manage extended cluster functions. You can select add-ons as required to enhance the functions and flexibility of containerized ", @@ -4091,8 +4109,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0277.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"455" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"457" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4100,8 +4118,8 @@ "title":"Scheduling and Elasticity Add-ons", "uri":"cce_10_0907.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"456" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"458" }, { "desc":"Volcano is a batch processing platform based on Kubernetes. It provides a series of features required by machine learning, deep learning, bioinformatics, genomics, and ot", @@ -4109,8 +4127,8 @@ "title":"Volcano Scheduler", "uri":"cce_10_0193.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"456", - "code":"457" + "p_code":"458", + "code":"459" }, { "desc":"The CCE Cluster Autoscaler add-on is built on the Autoscaler component of the community. It can automatically adjust the number of cluster nodes based on the resource nee", @@ -4118,8 +4136,8 @@ "title":"CCE Cluster Autoscaler", "uri":"cce_10_0154.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"456", - "code":"458" + "p_code":"458", + "code":"460" }, { "desc":"The CCE Advanced HPA add-on (formerly cce-hpa-controller) is developed by CCE. It can be used to flexibly scale in or out Deployments based on metrics such as CPU usage a", @@ -4127,8 +4145,8 @@ "title":"CCE Advanced HPA", "uri":"cce_10_0240.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"456", - "code":"459" + "p_code":"458", + "code":"461" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4136,8 +4154,8 @@ "title":"Cloud Native Observability Add-ons", "uri":"cce_10_0908.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"460" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"462" }, { "desc":"The Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on (formerly kube-prometheus-stack) uses Prometheus-operator and Prometheus and provides easy-to-use, end-to-end Kubernetes cluste", @@ -4145,8 +4163,8 @@ "title":"Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring", "uri":"cce_10_0406.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"460", - "code":"461" + "p_code":"462", + "code":"463" }, { "desc":"The Cloud Native Log Collection add-on (formerly log-agent) is developed based on Fluent Bit and OpenTelemetry for collecting logs and Kubernetes events. This add-on supp", @@ -4154,8 +4172,8 @@ "title":"Cloud Native Log Collection", "uri":"cce_10_0416.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"460", - "code":"462" + "p_code":"462", + "code":"464" }, { "desc":"The CCE Node Problem Detector add-on (formerly NPD) monitors abnormal events of cluster nodes and can connect to a third-party monitoring platform. It is a daemon running", @@ -4163,8 +4181,8 @@ "title":"CCE Node Problem Detector", "uri":"cce_10_0132.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"460", - "code":"463" + "p_code":"462", + "code":"465" }, { "desc":"From version 1.8 onwards, Kubernetes provides resource usage metrics, such as the container CPU and memory usage, through the Metrics API. These metrics can be directly a", @@ -4172,8 +4190,8 @@ "title":"Kubernetes Metrics Server", "uri":"cce_10_0205.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"460", - "code":"464" + "p_code":"462", + "code":"466" }, { "desc":"Grafana is an open-source visualized data monitoring platform. It provides you with various charts and panels for real-time monitoring, analysis, and visualization of var", @@ -4181,8 +4199,8 @@ "title":"Grafana", "uri":"cce_10_0828.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"460", - "code":"465" + "p_code":"462", + "code":"467" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4190,8 +4208,8 @@ "title":"Cloud Native AI Add-ons", "uri":"cce_10_0909.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"466" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"468" }, { "desc":"The CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on helps you use and manage GPUs in your clusters. It supports access to GPUs in containers and helps you efficiently run and maintain G", @@ -4199,8 +4217,8 @@ "title":"CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU)", "uri":"cce_10_0141.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"466", - "code":"467" + "p_code":"468", + "code":"469" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4208,8 +4226,8 @@ "title":"Container Network Add-ons", "uri":"cce_10_0910.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"468" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"470" }, { "desc":"CoreDNS is a DNS server that provides domain name resolution for Kubernetes clusters through chained plugins.CoreDNS is an open-source software and has been a part of CNC", @@ -4217,8 +4235,8 @@ "title":"CoreDNS", "uri":"cce_10_0129.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"468", - "code":"469" + "p_code":"470", + "code":"471" }, { "desc":"Kubernetes uses kube-proxy to expose Services and provide load balancing. The implementation is at the transport layer. When it comes to Internet applications, where a bu", @@ -4226,8 +4244,8 @@ "title":"NGINX Ingress Controller", "uri":"cce_10_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"468", - "code":"470" + "p_code":"470", + "code":"472" }, { "desc":"The NodeLocal DNSCache add-on (formerly node-local-dns) is developed based on the community NodeLocal DNSCache. This add-on functions as a DaemonSet to run the DNS cache ", @@ -4235,8 +4253,8 @@ "title":"NodeLocal DNSCache", "uri":"cce_10_0404.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"468", - "code":"471" + "p_code":"470", + "code":"473" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4244,8 +4262,8 @@ "title":"Container Storage Add-ons", "uri":"cce_10_0911.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"472" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"474" }, { "desc":"Container Storage Interface (CSI) is a storage add-on standard recommended by the Kubernetes community. It is used for unified interconnection between the container orche", @@ -4253,8 +4271,8 @@ "title":"CCE Container Storage (Everest)", "uri":"cce_10_0066.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"472", - "code":"473" + "p_code":"474", + "code":"475" }, { "desc":"CCE Container Storage (FlexVolume), also called storage-driver, functions as a standard Kubernetes FlexVolume plugin to allow containers to use EVS, SFS, OBS, and SFS Tur", @@ -4262,8 +4280,8 @@ "title":"FlexVolume (Discarded)", "uri":"cce_10_0127.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"472", - "code":"474" + "p_code":"474", + "code":"476" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4271,8 +4289,8 @@ "title":"Add-on Upgrade Checks", "uri":"cce_10_1060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"454", - "code":"475" + "p_code":"456", + "code":"477" }, { "desc":"Add-on StatusAdd-on SettingsHelm ChartsDescriptionNot all pods or Services associated with the add-on are ready. So the add-on is not in the running state.Check ScopeSupp", @@ -4280,8 +4298,8 @@ "title":"General Check Items", "uri":"cce_10_1031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"475", - "code":"476" + "p_code":"477", + "code":"478" }, { "desc":"For the NGINX Ingress Controller add-on, in addition to the general check items (Add-on Status, Add-on Settings, and Helm Charts), you need to check:Certificate Key Lengt", @@ -4289,8 +4307,8 @@ "title":"Checks Before an NGINX Ingress Controller Upgrade", "uri":"cce_10_1032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"475", - "code":"477" + "p_code":"477", + "code":"479" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4299,7 +4317,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"478" + "code":"480" }, { "desc":"CCE provides a console for managing Helm charts. This helps you easily deploy applications using the charts and manage applications on the console.Helm is a package manag", @@ -4307,8 +4325,8 @@ "title":"Chart Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0191.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"479" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"481" }, { "desc":"On the CCE console, you can upload a Helm chart package, deploy it, and manage the deployed pods.The number of charts that can be uploaded by a single user is limited. Th", @@ -4316,8 +4334,8 @@ "title":"Deploying an Application from a Chart", "uri":"cce_10_0146.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"480" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"482" }, { "desc":"Helm v2 stops at version 2.17.0. Currently, Helm v3 is the standard in the Helm community. You are advised to switch your charts to Helm v3 format as soon as possible.Cha", @@ -4325,8 +4343,8 @@ "title":"Differences Between Helm v2 and Helm v3 and Adaptation Solutions", "uri":"cce_10_0421.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"481" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"483" }, { "desc":"The Kubernetes cluster created on CCE has been connected to kubectl. For details, see Step 1: Download kubectl.This section uses Helm v2.17.0 as an example.For other vers", @@ -4334,8 +4352,8 @@ "title":"Deploying an Application Through the Helm v2 Client", "uri":"cce_10_0420.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"482" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"484" }, { "desc":"The Kubernetes cluster created on CCE has been connected to kubectl. For details, see Step 1: Download kubectl.To pull a public image when deploying with Helm, ensure an ", @@ -4343,8 +4361,8 @@ "title":"Deploying an Application Through the Helm v3 Client", "uri":"cce_10_0144.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"483" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"485" }, { "desc":"CCE fully supports Helm v3. This section guides you to convert a Helm v2 release to Helm v3. Helm v3 discards or reconstructs some Helm v2 functions at the bottom layer. ", @@ -4352,8 +4370,8 @@ "title":"Converting a Release from Helm v2 to v3", "uri":"cce_10_0422.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"478", - "code":"484" + "p_code":"480", + "code":"486" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4362,7 +4380,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0164.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"485" + "code":"487" }, { "desc":"CCE permissions management allows you to assign permissions to IAM users and user groups under your tenant accounts. CCE combines the advantages of Identity and Access Ma", @@ -4370,8 +4388,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Overview", "uri":"cce_10_0187.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"486" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"488" }, { "desc":"CCE cluster-level permissions are assigned based on IAM system policies and custom policies. You can use user groups to assign permissions to IAM users.Cluster permission", @@ -4379,8 +4397,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Permissions (IAM-based Authorization)", "uri":"cce_10_0188.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"487" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"489" }, { "desc":"You can regulate users' or user groups' access to Kubernetes resources in a single namespace based on their Kubernetes RBAC roles. The RBAC API declares four kinds of Kub", @@ -4388,8 +4406,8 @@ "title":"Namespace Permissions (Kubernetes RBAC-based)", "uri":"cce_10_0189.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"488" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"490" }, { "desc":"Dex is an open-source OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider. It enables flexible authentication and federated identity management in Kubernetes. As an intermediary laye", @@ -4397,8 +4415,8 @@ "title":"Using Dex for OIDC Authentication on CCE", "uri":"cce_10_0997.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"489" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"491" }, { "desc":"The conventional distributed task scheduling mode is being replaced by Kubernetes. CCE is a highly scalable, high-performance, enterprise-class Kubernetes service that pr", @@ -4406,8 +4424,8 @@ "title":"Example: Designing and Configuring Permissions for Users in a Department", "uri":"cce_10_0245.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"490" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"492" }, { "desc":"Some CCE permissions policies depend on the policies of other cloud services. To view or use other cloud resources on the CCE console, enable the access control feature o", @@ -4415,8 +4433,8 @@ "title":"Permission Dependency of the CCE Console", "uri":"cce_10_0190.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"491" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"493" }, { "desc":"In clusters earlier than v1.21, a token is obtained by mounting the secret of the service account to a pod. Tokens obtained this way are permanent. This approach is no lo", @@ -4424,8 +4442,8 @@ "title":"Service Account Token Security Improvement", "uri":"cce_10_0477.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"492" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"494" }, { "desc":"CCE works closely with multiple cloud services to support compute, storage, networking, and monitoring functions. When you log in to the CCE console for the first time, C", @@ -4433,8 +4451,8 @@ "title":"System Agencies", "uri":"cce_10_0556.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"493" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"495" }, { "desc":"CCE clusters rely on various cloud services in areas like compute, storage, networking, and monitoring to function properly. To access these cloud resources, CCE clusters", @@ -4442,8 +4460,8 @@ "title":"Custom Agencies", "uri":"cce_10_1069.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"485", - "code":"494" + "p_code":"487", + "code":"496" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4452,7 +4470,7 @@ "uri":"cce_10_0781.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"495" + "code":"497" }, { "desc":"Settings offers you an entry to check and modify the basic settings of clusters. It includes information from dimension like Cluster Information, Cluster Settings, Master", @@ -4460,8 +4478,8 @@ "title":"Dashboard", "uri":"cce_10_0782.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"496" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"498" }, { "desc":"kubectl: You need to download and configure the kubectl and kubeconfig configuration files first, and then use kubectl to access a Kubernetes cluster. For details, see Ac", @@ -4469,8 +4487,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Access", "uri":"cce_10_0783.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"497" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"499" }, { "desc":"You can configure a default security group and secondary CIDR block for your clusters.If a container CIDR block configured during cluster creation cannot meet service exp", @@ -4478,8 +4496,8 @@ "title":"Network", "uri":"cce_10_0784.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"498" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"500" }, { "desc":"Basic kube-scheduler configurations and Volcano-backed advanced scheduling are available. You can enable advanced scheduling functions such as bin packing, priority-based", @@ -4487,8 +4505,8 @@ "title":"Scheduling", "uri":"cce_10_0785.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"499" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"501" }, { "desc":"CCE Cluster Autoscaler comprehensively checks the resource statuses of an entire cluster. When the load of a microservice is high (for example, the CPU or memory usage is", @@ -4496,8 +4514,8 @@ "title":"Auto Scaling", "uri":"cce_10_0786.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"500" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"502" }, { "desc":"CCE monitors applications and resources and collects metrics and events to analyze application health status. You can choose Settings from the navigation pane, click the ", @@ -4505,8 +4523,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring", "uri":"cce_10_0836.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"501" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"503" }, { "desc":"Typical native configuration items are provided. You can configure native community management components such as kube-apiserver and kube-controller for the best cloud na", @@ -4514,8 +4532,8 @@ "title":"Kubernetes", "uri":"cce_10_0787.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"502" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"504" }, { "desc":"Default Cluster Driver: specifies the default GPU driver version used by the GPU nodes in a cluster. To use a custom driver, enter the download link of the NVIDIA driver.", @@ -4523,8 +4541,8 @@ "title":"Heterogeneous Resources", "uri":"cce_10_0788.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"495", - "code":"503" + "p_code":"497", + "code":"505" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4533,7 +4551,7 @@ "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"504" + "code":"506" }, { "desc":"Security, efficiency, stability, and availability are common requirements on all cloud services. To meet these requirements, the system availability, data reliability, an", @@ -4541,8 +4559,8 @@ "title":"Checklist for Deploying Containerized Applications in the Cloud", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"505" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"507" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4550,8 +4568,8 @@ "title":"Containerization", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0321.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"506" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"508" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4559,8 +4577,8 @@ "title":"Containerizing an Enterprise Application (ERP)", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"506", - "code":"507" + "p_code":"508", + "code":"509" }, { "desc":"This chapter provides CCE best practices to walk you through the application containerization.A container is a lightweight high-performance resource isolation mechanism i", @@ -4568,8 +4586,8 @@ "title":"Solution Overview", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"507", - "code":"508" + "p_code":"509", + "code":"510" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4577,8 +4595,8 @@ "title":"Procedure", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0340.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"507", - "code":"509" + "p_code":"509", + "code":"511" }, { "desc":"This tutorial describes how to containerize an ERP system by migrating it from a VM to CCE.No recoding or re-architecting is required. You only need to pack the entire ap", @@ -4586,8 +4604,8 @@ "title":"Containerizing an Entire Application", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"510" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"512" }, { "desc":"To fully containerize an application, you must go through the entire process.This involves analyzing the application, setting up the runtime environment for the applicati", @@ -4595,8 +4613,8 @@ "title":"Containerization Process", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"511" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"513" }, { "desc":"Before containerizing an application, analyze the running environment and dependencies of the application, and get familiar with the application deployment mode. For deta", @@ -4604,8 +4622,8 @@ "title":"Analyzing the Application", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"512" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"514" }, { "desc":"After application analysis, you have gained the understanding of the OS and runtime required for running the application. Make the following preparations:Installing Docke", @@ -4613,8 +4631,8 @@ "title":"Preparing the Application Runtime", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"513" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"515" }, { "desc":"During application containerization, prepare a startup script. The method of compiling this script is the same as that of compiling a shell script. The startup script is ", @@ -4622,8 +4640,8 @@ "title":"Compiling a Startup Script", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"514" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"516" }, { "desc":"An image is the basis of a container. A container runs based on the content defined in the image. An image has multiple layers. Each layer includes the modifications made", @@ -4631,8 +4649,8 @@ "title":"Compiling the Dockerfile", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"515" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"517" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to build an entire application into a Docker image. After building an image, you can use the image to deploy and upgrade the application. This ", @@ -4640,8 +4658,8 @@ "title":"Building and Uploading an Image", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"516" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"518" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to deploy a workload on CCE. When using CCE for the first time, create an initial cluster and add a node into the cluster.Containerized workloa", @@ -4649,8 +4667,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Container Workload", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"509", - "code":"517" + "p_code":"511", + "code":"519" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4658,8 +4676,8 @@ "title":"Backup and Migration", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00237.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"518" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"520" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4667,8 +4685,8 @@ "title":"Backing Up and Migrating Clusters", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10069.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"518", - "code":"519" + "p_code":"520", + "code":"521" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4676,8 +4694,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Kubernetes Clusters to CCE Using Velero", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"519", - "code":"520" + "p_code":"521", + "code":"522" }, { "desc":"Containers are growing in popularity and Kubernetes simplifies containerized deployment. Many companies choose to build their own Kubernetes clusters. However, the O&M wo", @@ -4685,8 +4703,8 @@ "title":"Solution Overview", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0307.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"520", - "code":"521" + "p_code":"522", + "code":"523" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to customize cluster resources to meet various service requirements. Table 1 lists the key performance parameters of a cluster and provides the planned val", @@ -4694,8 +4712,8 @@ "title":"Resource Planning for the Target Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"520", - "code":"522" + "p_code":"522", + "code":"524" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4703,8 +4721,8 @@ "title":"Procedure", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0326.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"520", - "code":"523" + "p_code":"522", + "code":"525" }, { "desc":"If your migration does not involve resources outside a cluster listed in Table 1 or you do not need to use other services to update resources after the migration, skip th", @@ -4712,8 +4730,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Resources Outside a Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0059.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"524" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"526" }, { "desc":"Velero is an open-source backup and migration tool for Kubernetes clusters. With restic's PV data backup capabilities, Velero can back up Kubernetes resource objects (suc", @@ -4721,8 +4739,8 @@ "title":"Installing the Migration Tool", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0310.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"525" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"527" }, { "desc":"WordPress is used as an example to describe how to migrate an application from an on-premises Kubernetes cluster to a CCE cluster. The WordPress application consists of t", @@ -4730,8 +4748,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Resources in a Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"526" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"528" }, { "desc":"The WordPress and MySQL images used in this example can be pulled from SWR. Therefore, the image pull failure (ErrImagePull) will not occur. If the application to be migr", @@ -4739,8 +4757,8 @@ "title":"Updating Resources Accordingly", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0312.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"527" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"529" }, { "desc":"Cluster migration involves full migration of application data, which may cause intra-application adaptation problems. In this example, after the cluster is migrated, the ", @@ -4748,8 +4766,8 @@ "title":"Performing Additional Tasks", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0313.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"528" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"530" }, { "desc":"Both hostPath and local volumes are local storage volumes. However, restic, which is integrated into Velero, cannot back up hostPath PVs. It only supports the local type.", @@ -4757,8 +4775,8 @@ "title":"Troubleshooting", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0314.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"523", - "code":"529" + "p_code":"525", + "code":"531" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4766,8 +4784,8 @@ "title":"DevOps", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0322.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"530" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"532" }, { "desc":"GitLab is an open-source version management system developed with Ruby on Rails for Git project repository management. It supports web-based access to public and private ", @@ -4775,8 +4793,8 @@ "title":"Interconnecting GitLab with SWR and CCE for CI/CD", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0324.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"530", - "code":"531" + "p_code":"532", + "code":"533" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4784,8 +4802,8 @@ "title":"Disaster Recovery", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0323.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"532" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"534" }, { "desc":"This section describes the recommended configurations for a Kubernetes cluster in which applications can run stably and reliably.Multiple regions are provided for you to ", @@ -4793,8 +4811,8 @@ "title":"Recommended Configurations for HA CCE Clusters", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"532", - "code":"533" + "p_code":"534", + "code":"535" }, { "desc":"To achieve high availability for your CCE containers, you can:Deploy three master nodes for the cluster.Create nodes in different AZs and customize scheduling policies ba", @@ -4802,8 +4820,8 @@ "title":"Implementing High Availability for Applications in CCE", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00220.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"532", - "code":"534" + "p_code":"534", + "code":"536" }, { "desc":"CCE offers various add-ons that enhance the cloud native capabilities of clusters. These add-ons include features like container scheduling and elasticity, cloud native o", @@ -4811,8 +4829,8 @@ "title":"Implementing High Availability for Add-ons in CCE", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"532", - "code":"535" + "p_code":"534", + "code":"537" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4820,62 +4838,62 @@ "title":"Security", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0315.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"536" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"538" }, { - "desc":"To ensure security, it is recommended that you configure a cluster in the following manner.Kubernetes releases a major version in about four months. CCE follows the same ", + "desc":"To ensure security in a cluster, configure the cluster based on the suggestions below.Kubernetes releases a major version every four months. CCE follows the same frequenc", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Cluster Security", + "title":"Using CCE Clusters Securely", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0317.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"537" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"539" }, { - "desc":"Do not bind an EIP to a node unless necessary to reduce the attack surface.If an EIP must be used, properly configure the firewall or security group rules to restrict acc", + "desc":"Do not bind an EIP to a node to reduce the attack surface unless necessary.If an EIP must be used, properly configure the firewall or security group rules to restrict acc", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Node Security", + "title":"Using Nodes Securely in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0318.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"538" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"540" }, { "desc":"Container technology uses Linux namespaces and cgroups to isolate and control resources between containers and nodes. Namespaces provide kernel-level isolation, allowing ", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Runtime Security", + "title":"Using Container Runtimes Securely in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"539" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"541" }, { "desc":"The nodeSelector or nodeAffinity is used to limit the range of nodes to which applications can be scheduled, preventing the entire cluster from being threatened due to th", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Security", + "title":"Using Containers Securely in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0319.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"540" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"542" }, { "desc":"Container images are the primary defense against external attacks and are crucial for securing applications, systems, and the entire supply chain. If an image is insecure", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Image Security", + "title":"Using Images Securely in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"541" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"543" }, { - "desc":"Currently, CCE has configured static encryption for secret resources. The secrets created by users will be encrypted and stored in etcd of the CCE cluster. Secrets can be", + "desc":"CCE now provides static encryption for secrets. Secrets created by users are encrypted and stored in the clusters' etcd. Currently, Secrets are mainly used as environment", "product_code":"cce", - "title":"Configuration Suggestions on CCE Secret Security", + "title":"Using Secrets Securely in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0320.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"542" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"544" }, { "desc":"Workload identities enable workloads within a cluster to act as IAM users, granting them access to cloud services without the need for an IAM account's AK/SK. This helps ", @@ -4883,8 +4901,8 @@ "title":"Using OIDC to Authenticate Workloads in a CCE Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0333.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"536", - "code":"543" + "p_code":"538", + "code":"545" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4892,8 +4910,8 @@ "title":"Auto Scaling", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0090.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"544" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"546" }, { "desc":"The best way to handle surging traffic is to automatically adjust the number of machines based on the traffic volume or resource usage, which is called scaling.To prevent", @@ -4901,8 +4919,8 @@ "title":"Using HPA and CA for Auto Scaling of Workloads and Nodes", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00282.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"544", - "code":"545" + "p_code":"546", + "code":"547" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4910,8 +4928,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"546" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"548" }, { "desc":"Generally, a user has different clusters for different purposes, such as production, testing, and development. To monitor, collect, and view metrics of these clusters, yo", @@ -4919,8 +4937,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring Multiple Clusters Using Prometheus", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"546", - "code":"547" + "p_code":"548", + "code":"549" }, { "desc":"The Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on can report Prometheus metrics collected from clusters to a specified platform, for example, AOM or a third-party platform that ", @@ -4928,8 +4946,8 @@ "title":"Reporting Prometheus Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Monitoring Platform", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"546", - "code":"548" + "p_code":"548", + "code":"550" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -4937,8 +4955,8 @@ "title":"Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"549" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"551" }, { "desc":"When you use CCE to create a Kubernetes cluster, there are multiple configuration options and terms. This section compares the key configurations for CCE clusters and pro", @@ -4946,8 +4964,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on CCE Cluster Selection", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"550" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"552" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to set up a VPC with IPv6 CIDR block and create a cluster and nodes with an IPv6 address in the VPC, so that the nodes can access the Internet.", @@ -4955,8 +4973,8 @@ "title":"Creating an IPv4/IPv6 Dual-Stack Cluster in CCE", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00222.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"551" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"553" }, { "desc":"When creating a node, use the pre- or -installation commands to install tools or perform security hardening on the node. This section provides guidance for you to correct", @@ -4964,8 +4982,8 @@ "title":"Executing the Pre- or Post-installation Commands During Node Creation", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10020_0.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"552" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"554" }, { "desc":"The kubectl command line tool relies on the kubeconfig configuration file to locate the necessary authentication information to select a cluster and communicate with its ", @@ -4973,8 +4991,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to Multiple Clusters Using kubectl", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00254.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"553" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"555" }, { "desc":"When a node is created, a data disk is attached by default for a container runtime and kubelet. The data disk used by the container runtime and kubelet cannot be detached", @@ -4982,8 +5000,8 @@ "title":"Selecting a Data Disk for the Node", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"554" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"556" }, { "desc":"Cluster overload occurs when a Kubernetes cluster's compute, storage, or network resources exceed its processing capacity, leading to exhaustion of key control plane comp", @@ -4991,8 +5009,8 @@ "title":"Protecting a CCE Cluster Against Overload", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"549", - "code":"555" + "p_code":"551", + "code":"557" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5000,8 +5018,8 @@ "title":"Networking", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"556" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"558" }, { "desc":"Before creating a cluster on CCE, determine the number of VPCs, number of subnets, container CIDR blocks, and Services for access based on service requirements.This topic", @@ -5009,8 +5027,8 @@ "title":"Planning CIDR Blocks for a Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"557" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"559" }, { "desc":"CCE uses proprietary, high-performance container networking add-ons to support the tunnel, Cloud Native 2.0, and VPC network models.After a cluster is created, the networ", @@ -5018,8 +5036,8 @@ "title":"Selecting a Network Model", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00162.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"558" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"560" }, { "desc":"Sticky sessions ensure continuity and consistency when you access applications. If a load balancer is deployed between a client and backend servers, connections may be fo", @@ -5027,8 +5045,8 @@ "title":"Implementing Sticky Session Through Load Balancing", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00231.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"559" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"561" }, { "desc":"When using containers, clients may communicate with them through multiple proxy servers. However, this can cause issues with transferring the clients' source IP addresses", @@ -5036,8 +5054,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining the Client Source IP Address for a Container", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"560" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"562" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5045,8 +5063,8 @@ "title":"CoreDNS Configuration Optimization", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"561" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"563" }, { "desc":"DNS is one of the important basic services in Kubernetes. When the container DNS policy is not properly configured and the cluster scale is large, DNS resolution may time", @@ -5054,8 +5072,8 @@ "title":"CoreDNS Optimization Overview", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0346.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"561", - "code":"562" + "p_code":"563", + "code":"564" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5063,8 +5081,8 @@ "title":"Client", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0347.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"561", - "code":"563" + "p_code":"563", + "code":"565" }, { "desc":"DNS resolution is frequently used in Kubernetes clusters. Based on the characteristics of DNS resolution in Kubernetes, you can optimize domain name resolution requests i", @@ -5072,8 +5090,8 @@ "title":"Optimizing Domain Name Resolution Requests", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0348.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"564" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"566" }, { "desc":"The musl libc library of the Alpine container image differs from the standard glibc library in the following aspects:Alpine 3.3 and earlier versions do not support the se", @@ -5081,8 +5099,8 @@ "title":"Selecting a Proper Image", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0349.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"565" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"567" }, { "desc":"When kube-proxy uses IPVS load balancing, you may encounter DNS resolution timeout occasionally during CoreDNS scale-in or restart.This problem is caused by a Linux kerne", @@ -5090,8 +5108,8 @@ "title":"Avoiding Occasional DNS Resolution Timeout Caused by IPVS Defects", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0350.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"566" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"568" }, { "desc":"When the number of DNS requests in a cluster increases, the load of CoreDNS increases and the following issues may occur:Increased delay: CoreDNS needs to process more re", @@ -5099,8 +5117,8 @@ "title":"Using NodeLocal DNSCache", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0351.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"567" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"569" }, { "desc":"CoreDNS provides simple functions and is compatible with different Kubernetes versions. CCE periodically synchronizes bugs from the community and upgrades the coredns add", @@ -5108,8 +5126,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading the CoreDNS in the Cluster Timely", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0352.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"568" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"570" }, { "desc":"When the coredns add-on is started, it obtains the DNS configuration in the resolve.conf file from the deployed instance by default and uses the configuration as the upst", @@ -5117,8 +5135,8 @@ "title":"Adjusting the DNS Configuration of the VPC and VM", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0353.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"563", - "code":"569" + "p_code":"565", + "code":"571" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5126,8 +5144,8 @@ "title":"Server", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0354.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"561", - "code":"570" + "p_code":"563", + "code":"572" }, { "desc":"CoreDNS exposes health metrics such as resolution results through the standard Prometheus API to detect exceptions on the CoreDNS server or even upstream DNS server.Port ", @@ -5135,8 +5153,8 @@ "title":"Monitoring the coredns Add-on", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0355.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"570", - "code":"571" + "p_code":"572", + "code":"573" }, { "desc":"In CCE clusters, the CoreDNS add-on is installed by default, and it can run on the same cluster nodes as your service containers. You need to pay attention to the followi", @@ -5144,8 +5162,8 @@ "title":"Adjusting the CoreDNS Deployment Status", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0356.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"570", - "code":"572" + "p_code":"572", + "code":"574" }, { "desc":"On the console, the CoreDNS add-on can only be configured with the preset specifications, which can satisfy most of the service requirements. In some scenarios where ther", @@ -5153,8 +5171,8 @@ "title":"Configuring CoreDNS", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0357.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"570", - "code":"573" + "p_code":"572", + "code":"575" }, { "desc":"In the Cloud Native 2.0 network model, each pod is allocated an elastic network interface or a supplementary network interface. The speed of elastic network interface cre", @@ -5162,8 +5180,8 @@ "title":"Pre-Binding Container Elastic Network Interfaces for CCE Turbo Clusters", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"574" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"576" }, { "desc":"In a CCE cluster that uses a VPC network, when pods try to communicate with external systems, CCE automatically translates the source IP addresses of the pods into the IP", @@ -5171,8 +5189,8 @@ "title":"Accessing an IP Address Outside a Cluster That Uses a VPC Network by Using Source Pod IP Addresses Within the Cluster", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"556", - "code":"575" + "p_code":"558", + "code":"577" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5180,8 +5198,8 @@ "title":"Storage", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"576" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"578" }, { "desc":"The storage classes that can be expanded for CCE nodes are as follows:EulerOS 2.9 is used as the sample OS. There is only one partition (/dev/vda1) with a capacity of 50 ", @@ -5189,8 +5207,8 @@ "title":"Expanding the Storage Space", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00198.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"577" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"579" }, { "desc":"Cross-account data sharing. For example, multiple teams within a company need to share data, but each team uses a different account.Cross-account data migration and backu", @@ -5198,8 +5216,8 @@ "title":"Mounting Object Storage Across Accounts", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00199.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"578" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"580" }, { "desc":"The minimum capacity of an SFS Turbo file system is 1000 GiB. By default, the root directory of an SFS Turbo file system is mounted to a container which, in most case, do", @@ -5207,8 +5225,8 @@ "title":"Dynamically Creating an SFS Turbo Subdirectory Using StorageClass", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00253_0.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"579" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"581" }, { "desc":"In clusters later than v1.15.11-r1, CSI (the everest add-on) has taken over all functions of fuxi FlexVolume (the storage-driver add-on) for managing container storage. Y", @@ -5216,8 +5234,8 @@ "title":"Migrating the Storage Class Used by a Cluster of v1.15 from FlexVolume to CSI Everest", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"580" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"582" }, { "desc":"When using storage resources in CCE, the most common method is to specify storageClassName to define the type of storage resources to be created when creating a PVC. The ", @@ -5225,8 +5243,8 @@ "title":"Using Custom Storage Classes", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00281.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"581" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"583" }, { "desc":"EVS disks cannot be attached to a node deployed in another AZ. For example, the EVS disks in AZ 1 cannot be attached to a node in AZ 2. If the storage class csi-disk is u", @@ -5234,8 +5252,8 @@ "title":"Scheduling EVS Disks Across AZs Using csi-disk-topology", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00284.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"576", - "code":"582" + "p_code":"578", + "code":"584" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5243,8 +5261,8 @@ "title":"Container", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"583" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"585" }, { "desc":"If a node has sufficient memory resources, a container on this node can use more memory resources than requested, but no more than limited. If the memory allocated to a c", @@ -5252,8 +5270,8 @@ "title":"Properly Allocating Container Computing Resources", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"583", - "code":"584" + "p_code":"585", + "code":"586" }, { "desc":"To access a Kubernetes cluster from a client, you can use the Kubernetes command line tool kubectl.Create a DaemonSet file.vi daemonset.yamlAn example YAML file is provid", @@ -5261,8 +5279,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Kernel Parameters Using a Privileged Container", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00227.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"583", - "code":"585" + "p_code":"585", + "code":"587" }, { "desc":"An init container is a type of container that starts and exits before the main containers start. If there are multiple init containers, they will be started in the define", @@ -5270,8 +5288,8 @@ "title":"Using Init Containers to Initialize an Application", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00228.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"583", - "code":"586" + "p_code":"585", + "code":"588" }, { "desc":"If DNS or other related settings are inappropriate, you can use hostAliases to overwrite the resolution of the hostname at the pod level when adding entries to the /etc/h", @@ -5279,8 +5297,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the /etc/hosts File of a Pod Using hostAliases", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00226.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"583", - "code":"587" + "p_code":"585", + "code":"589" }, { "desc":"A core dump is when the Linux OS saves the memory status to a file after a program crashes or stops unexpectedly. You can analyze the file to locate the fault.Generally, ", @@ -5288,8 +5306,8 @@ "title":"Locating Container Faults Using the Core Dump File", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0325.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"583", - "code":"588" + "p_code":"585", + "code":"590" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5297,8 +5315,8 @@ "title":"Permission", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"589" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"591" }, { "desc":"By default, the kubeconfig file provided by CCE for users has permissions bound to the cluster-admin role, which are equivalent to the permissions of user root. It is dif", @@ -5306,8 +5324,8 @@ "title":"Configuring kubeconfig for Fine-Grained Management on Cluster Resources", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_00221.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"589", - "code":"590" + "p_code":"591", + "code":"592" }, { "desc":"CCE permissions are classified into cluster permissions and namespace permissions. Namespace permissions are based on Kubernetes RBAC and can be used to grant permissions", @@ -5315,8 +5333,8 @@ "title":"Performing RBAC Authentication on a Namespace Using kubectl Commands", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_0300.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"589", - "code":"591" + "p_code":"591", + "code":"593" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5324,8 +5342,8 @@ "title":"Release", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"504", - "code":"592" + "p_code":"506", + "code":"594" }, { "desc":"When switching between old and new services, you may be challenged in ensuring the system service continuity. If a new service version is directly released to all users a", @@ -5333,8 +5351,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"592", - "code":"593" + "p_code":"594", + "code":"595" }, { "desc":"To implement grayscale release for a CCE cluster, deploy other open-source tools, such as Nginx Ingress, to the cluster or deploy services to a service mesh. These soluti", @@ -5342,8 +5360,8 @@ "title":"Using Services to Implement Simple Grayscale Release and Blue-Green Deployment", "uri":"cce_bestpractice_10002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"592", - "code":"594" + "p_code":"594", + "code":"596" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5352,7 +5370,7 @@ "uri":"cce_faq_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"595" + "code":"597" }, { "desc":"Why Can't I Create a CCE Cluster?Is Management Scale of a Cluster Related to the Number of Master Nodes?How Do I Locate the Fault When a Cluster Is Unavailable?What Shoul", @@ -5360,8 +5378,8 @@ "title":"Common FAQ", "uri":"cce_faq_00006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"596" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"598" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5369,8 +5387,8 @@ "title":"Cluster", "uri":"cce_faq_00024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"597" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"599" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5378,8 +5396,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Creation", "uri":"cce_faq_00278.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"597", - "code":"598" + "p_code":"599", + "code":"600" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to locate and rectify the fault if you fail to create a CCE cluster.Possible causes:The Network Time Protocol daemon (ntpd) is not installed or", @@ -5387,8 +5405,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't I Create a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"598", - "code":"599" + "p_code":"600", + "code":"601" }, { "desc":"In a CCE cluster, the management scale is not directly related to the number of master nodes. These are cluster parameters that operate in different dimensions. Here are ", @@ -5396,8 +5414,8 @@ "title":"Is Management Scale of a Cluster Related to the Number of Master Nodes?", "uri":"cce_faq_00090.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"598", - "code":"600" + "p_code":"600", + "code":"602" }, { "desc":"CCE restricts only the number of clusters. However, when using CCE, you may also be using other cloud services, such as Elastic Cloud Server (ECS), Elastic Volume Service", @@ -5405,8 +5423,8 @@ "title":"Which Resource Quotas Should I Pay Attention To When Using CCE?", "uri":"cce_faq_00154.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"598", - "code":"601" + "p_code":"600", + "code":"603" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5414,8 +5432,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Running", "uri":"cce_faq_00279.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"597", - "code":"602" + "p_code":"599", + "code":"604" }, { "desc":"This section provides you with some operations to locate the fault when a cluster becomes unavailable.Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are t", @@ -5423,8 +5441,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Locate the Fault When a Cluster Is Unavailable?", "uri":"cce_faq_00039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"602", - "code":"603" + "p_code":"604", + "code":"605" }, { "desc":"QuestionHow do I retrieve data after a CCE cluster is deleted?AnswerAfter a cluster is deleted, the workload on the cluster will also be deleted and cannot be restored. T", @@ -5432,8 +5450,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Retrieve Data After a CCE Cluster Is Deleted?", "uri":"cce_faq_00040.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"602", - "code":"604" + "p_code":"604", + "code":"606" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5441,8 +5459,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Deletion", "uri":"cce_faq_00309.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"597", - "code":"605" + "p_code":"599", + "code":"607" }, { "desc":"When deleting a cluster, CCE obtains the cluster's resources through kube-apiserver of the cluster. If the cluster is unavailable, frozen, or hibernated, the resources ma", @@ -5450,8 +5468,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do If a Cluster Deletion Fails Due to Residual Resources in the Security Group?", "uri":"cce_faq_00394.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"605", - "code":"606" + "p_code":"607", + "code":"608" }, { "desc":"If a cluster is not in the running state (for example, frozen or unavailable), its resources such as PVCs, Services, and Ingresses cannot be obtained. After the cluster i", @@ -5459,8 +5477,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Clear Residual Resources After Deleting a Non-Running Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00413.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"605", - "code":"607" + "p_code":"607", + "code":"609" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5468,8 +5486,8 @@ "title":"Cluster Upgrade", "uri":"cce_faq_00401.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"597", - "code":"608" + "p_code":"599", + "code":"610" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to locate and rectify the fault if you fail to upgrade an add-on during the CCE cluster upgrade.", @@ -5477,8 +5495,8 @@ "title":"What Do I Do If a Cluster Add-on Fails to be Upgraded During the CCE Cluster Upgrade?", "uri":"cce_faq_00402.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"608", - "code":"609" + "p_code":"610", + "code":"611" }, { "desc":"In a CCE cluster, LoadBalancer ingresses are used to route external traffic to Services within the cluster. The parameters defined in an ingress are applied to configure ", @@ -5486,8 +5504,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the LoadBalancer Ingress Configuration Is Inconsistent with the Load Balancer Configuration During a CCE Cluster Upgrade?", "uri":"cce_faq_00493.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"608", - "code":"610" + "p_code":"610", + "code":"612" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5495,8 +5513,8 @@ "title":"Node", "uri":"cce_faq_00021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"611" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"613" }, { "desc":"CCE allows you to locate a node fault using the CCE Node Problem Detector add-on (Locating a Node Fault Using the CCE Node Problem Detector Add-on). You can also refer to", @@ -5504,8 +5522,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Locate a Fault That Occurs with a Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00468.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"611", - "code":"612" + "p_code":"613", + "code":"614" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5513,8 +5531,8 @@ "title":"Node Creation", "uri":"cce_faq_00280.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"611", - "code":"613" + "p_code":"613", + "code":"615" }, { "desc":"The node images in the same cluster must be the same. Pay attention to this when creating, adding, or accepting nodes in a cluster.If you need to allocate user space from", @@ -5522,8 +5540,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Troubleshoot Problems Occurred When Adding Nodes to a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"613", - "code":"614" + "p_code":"615", + "code":"616" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to troubleshoot the problems occurred when you accept or add existing ECSs to a CCE cluster.While an ECS is being accepted into a cluster, the ", @@ -5531,8 +5549,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Troubleshoot Problems Occurred When Accepting Nodes into a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00097.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"613", - "code":"615" + "p_code":"615", + "code":"617" }, { "desc":"A node fails to be accepted into a cluster.Log in to the node and check the /var/paas/sys/log/baseagent/baseagent.log installation log. The following error information is", @@ -5540,8 +5558,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Node Cannot Be Managed and an Error Message Appears Saying That the Node Failed to Install?", "uri":"cce_faq_00286.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"613", - "code":"616" + "p_code":"615", + "code":"618" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5549,8 +5567,8 @@ "title":"Node Running", "uri":"cce_faq_00281.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"611", - "code":"617" + "p_code":"613", + "code":"619" }, { "desc":"If you encountered a fault that a cluster is available but some nodes in it are unavailable, you can rectify this fault by referring to the methods provided in this secti", @@ -5558,8 +5576,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Cluster Is Available But Some Nodes in It Are Unavailable?", "uri":"cce_faq_00120.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"618" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"620" }, { "desc":"The following tables list log files of CCE nodes.", @@ -5567,8 +5585,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Collect Logs of Nodes in a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00201.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"619" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"621" }, { "desc":"The vdb disk of a node is damaged and the node cannot be recovered after reset.Error ScenariosOn a normal node, delete the LV and VG. The node is unavailable.Reset an abn", @@ -5576,8 +5594,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the vdb Disk of a Node Is Damaged and the Node Cannot Be Recovered After Reset?", "uri":"cce_faq_00263.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"620" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"622" }, { "desc":"When SCSI EVS disks are used and containers are created and deleted on a CentOS node, the disks are frequently mounted and unmounted. The read/write rate of the system di", @@ -5585,8 +5603,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If I/O Suspension Occasionally Occurs When SCSI EVS Disks Are Used?", "uri":"cce_faq_00296.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"621" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"623" }, { "desc":"When the disk space of a thin pool on a node is about to be used up, the following exceptions occasionally occur:Files or directories fail to be created in the container,", @@ -5594,8 +5612,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Fix an Abnormal Container or Node Due to No Thin Pool Disk Space?", "uri":"cce_faq_00307.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"622" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"624" }, { "desc":"SymptomA node is running properly and has GPU resources. However, the following error information is displayed:0/9 nodes are available: 9 insufficient nvidia.com/gpuFault", @@ -5603,8 +5621,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Rectify Failures When the NVIDIA Driver Is Used to Start Containers on GPU Nodes?", "uri":"cce_faq_00020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"623" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"625" }, { "desc":"A GPU card on a GPU node is unavailable. The possible causes include:The CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on is not ready or malfunctioning.The node driver is not ready.The ", @@ -5612,8 +5630,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do If a GPU Card Is Unavailable on a GPU Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00501.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"617", - "code":"624" + "p_code":"619", + "code":"626" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5621,8 +5639,8 @@ "title":"Specification Change", "uri":"cce_faq_00282.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"611", - "code":"625" + "p_code":"613", + "code":"627" }, { "desc":"Changing node specifications is not a best practice recommended by CCE. Certain restrictions may affect subsequent usage, so review this section carefully.To upgrade node", @@ -5630,8 +5648,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Change the Node Specifications in a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"625", - "code":"626" + "p_code":"627", + "code":"628" }, { "desc":"After you change the flavor of a node in a CCE node pool on the ECS console and then synchronize the ECS status on the CCE console, the node flavor no longer matches the ", @@ -5639,8 +5657,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Impacts of Changing the Flavor of a Node in a CCE Node Pool?", "uri":"cce_faq_00445.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"625", - "code":"627" + "p_code":"627", + "code":"629" }, { "desc":"The kubelet option cpu-manager-policy defaults to static, allowing pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the ", @@ -5648,8 +5666,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If I Fail to Restart or Create Workloads on a Node After Modifying the Node Specifications?", "uri":"cce_faq_00189.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"625", - "code":"628" + "p_code":"627", + "code":"630" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5657,8 +5675,8 @@ "title":"OSs", "uri":"cce_faq_00407.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"611", - "code":"629" + "p_code":"613", + "code":"631" }, { "desc":"If the kernel version of a node is earlier than 5.9 and a CCE cluster runs in IPVS forwarding mode, there may be a service access failure after a backend service upgrade ", @@ -5666,8 +5684,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If There Is a Service Access Failure After a Backend Service Upgrade or 1-Second Latency When a Service Accesses a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00409.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"629", - "code":"630" + "p_code":"631", + "code":"632" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5675,8 +5693,8 @@ "title":"Node Pool", "uri":"cce_faq_00163.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"631" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"633" }, { "desc":"Locate the fault based on the status of the abnormal node pool, as shown in Table 1.", @@ -5684,8 +5702,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Node Pool Is Abnormal?", "uri":"cce_faq_00440.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"631", - "code":"632" + "p_code":"633", + "code":"634" }, { "desc":"The node pool keeps being in the expanding state, but no node creation record is displayed in the operation record.Check and rectify the following faults:Whether the spec", @@ -5693,8 +5711,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If No Node Creation Record Is Displayed When the Node Pool Is Being Scaled Out?", "uri":"cce_faq_00127.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"631", - "code":"633" + "p_code":"633", + "code":"635" }, { "desc":"Locate the fault based on the events of the failure to scale out a node pool, as shown in Table 1.If a node pool scale-out fails, the event contains Ecs.0314. This error ", @@ -5702,8 +5720,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Node Pool Scale-Out Fails?", "uri":"cce_faq_00432.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"631", - "code":"634" + "p_code":"633", + "code":"636" }, { "desc":"If an ECS cannot be managed by a node pool due to the reasons listed in this section, you can modify the configuration to manage the ECS.The flavor of the ECS to be manag", @@ -5711,8 +5729,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Modify ECS Configurations When an ECS Can't Be Managed by a Node Pool?", "uri":"cce_faq_00443.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"631", - "code":"635" + "p_code":"633", + "code":"637" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5720,8 +5738,8 @@ "title":"Workload", "uri":"cce_faq_00028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"636" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"638" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5729,8 +5747,8 @@ "title":"Workload Exception Troubleshooting", "uri":"cce_faq_00029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"636", - "code":"637" + "p_code":"638", + "code":"639" }, { "desc":"If a workload is abnormal, you can check the pod events first to locate the fault and then rectify the fault.To locate the fault of an abnormal workload, take the followi", @@ -5738,8 +5756,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Locate the Root Cause If a Workload Is Abnormal?", "uri":"cce_faq_00134.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"638" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"640" }, { "desc":"If a pod is in the Pending state and the events contain the information that indicates a pod scheduling failure, you can locate the cause based on the events. For details", @@ -5747,8 +5765,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the Scheduling of a Pod Fails?", "uri":"cce_faq_00098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"639" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"641" }, { "desc":"When a workload's status shows \"Pod not ready: Back-off pulling image \"xxxxx\", a Kubernetes event of Failed to pull image or Failed to re-pull image will be reported. For", @@ -5756,8 +5774,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Pod Fails to Pull the Image?", "uri":"cce_faq_00015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"640" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"642" }, { "desc":"On the details page of a workload, if an event is displayed indicating that the pod fails to be started, perform the following operations to locate the fault:If the node ", @@ -5765,8 +5783,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Pod Startup Fails?", "uri":"cce_faq_00018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"641" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"643" }, { "desc":"When a node is abnormal, Kubernetes will evict some pods on the node to ensure workload availability.In Kubernetes, both kube-controller-manager and kubelet can evict pod", @@ -5774,8 +5792,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Pod Fails to Be Evicted?", "uri":"cce_faq_00209.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"642" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"644" }, { "desc":"Abnormal EVS Storage Volume MountingAbnormal SFS Turbo Storage Volume MountingStorage Volume Mounting Timed OutIf the volume to be mounted stores too much data and involv", @@ -5783,8 +5801,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Storage Volume Cannot Be Mounted or the Mounting Times Out?", "uri":"cce_faq_00200.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"643" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"645" }, { "desc":"The workload remains in the creating state.Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out a ca", @@ -5792,8 +5810,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Workload Remains in the Creating State?", "uri":"cce_faq_00140.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"644" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"646" }, { "desc":"When obtaining workloads in a namespace, you may come across pods that are in the Terminating state.For example, if you use the command below to obtain pods in the aos na", @@ -5801,8 +5819,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Pod Remains in the Terminating State?", "uri":"cce_faq_00210.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"645" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"647" }, { "desc":"A workload is in Stopped state.The metadata.enable field in the YAML file of the workload is false. As a result, the pod of the workload is deleted and the workload is in", @@ -5810,8 +5828,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Workload Is Stopped Caused by Pod Deletion?", "uri":"cce_faq_00012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"646" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"648" }, { "desc":"The following exceptions occur when services are deployed on the GPU nodes in a CCE cluster:The GPU memory of containers cannot be obtained.Seven GPU services are deploye", @@ -5819,8 +5837,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an Error Occurs When I Deploy a Service on a GPU Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00109.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"647" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"649" }, { "desc":"When a container fails to be started or terminated, the exit code is recorded by Kubernetes events to report the cause. This section describes how to locate faults using ", @@ -5828,8 +5846,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Locate Faults Using an Exit Code?", "uri":"cce_faq_00404.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"637", - "code":"648" + "p_code":"639", + "code":"650" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5837,8 +5855,8 @@ "title":"Container Configuration", "uri":"cce_faq_00095.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"636", - "code":"649" + "p_code":"638", + "code":"651" }, { "desc":"QuestionWhen is pre-stop processing used?AnswerService processing takes a long time. Pre-stop processing makes sure that during an upgrade, a pod is killed only when the ", @@ -5846,8 +5864,8 @@ "title":"When Is Pre-stop Processing Used?", "uri":"cce_faq_00159.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"649", - "code":"650" + "p_code":"651", + "code":"652" }, { "desc":"When creating a workload, users can specify a container, pod, and namespace as an FQDN for accessing the container in the same namespace.FQDN stands for Fully Qualified D", @@ -5855,8 +5873,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Set an FQDN for Accessing a Specified Container in the Same Namespace?", "uri":"cce_faq_00261.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"649", - "code":"651" + "p_code":"651", + "code":"653" }, { "desc":"When the liveness and readiness probes fail to perform the health check, locate the service fault first.Common causes are as follows:The service processing takes a long t", @@ -5864,8 +5882,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Health Check Probes Occasionally Fail?", "uri":"cce_faq_00255.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"649", - "code":"652" + "p_code":"651", + "code":"654" }, { "desc":"A container is started in tailf /dev/null mode and the directory permission is 700 after the startup script is manually executed. If the container is started by Kubernete", @@ -5873,8 +5891,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Set the umask Value for a Container?", "uri":"cce_faq_00230.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"649", - "code":"653" + "p_code":"651", + "code":"655" }, { "desc":"CCE is a cloud container engine service built on native Kubernetes. It fully supports native Kubernetes versions, Kubernetes APIs, and kubectl.In Kubernetes, the spec of ", @@ -5882,8 +5900,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Retry Mechanism When CCE Fails to Start a Pod?", "uri":"cce_faq_00004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"649", - "code":"654" + "p_code":"651", + "code":"656" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5891,8 +5909,8 @@ "title":"Scheduling Policies", "uri":"cce_faq_00284.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"636", - "code":"655" + "p_code":"638", + "code":"657" }, { "desc":"The kube-scheduler component in Kubernetes is responsible for pod scheduling. For each newly created pod or other unscheduled pods, kube-scheduler selects an optimal node", @@ -5900,8 +5918,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Evenly Distribute Multiple Pods to Each Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00260.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"656" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"658" }, { "desc":"During workload scheduling, two containers on a node may compete for resources. As a result, kubelet evicts both containers. This section describes how to set a policy to", @@ -5909,8 +5927,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Prevent a Container on a Node from Being Evicted?", "uri":"cce_faq_00262.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"657" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"659" }, { "desc":"The kube-scheduler component in Kubernetes is responsible for pod scheduling. For each newly created pod or other unscheduled pods, kube-scheduler selects an optimal node", @@ -5918,8 +5936,8 @@ "title":"Why Are Pods Not Evenly Distributed on Nodes?", "uri":"cce_faq_00314.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"658" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"660" }, { "desc":"You can run the kubectl drain command to safely evict all pods from a node.By default, the kubectl drain command retains some system pods, for example, everest-csi-driver", @@ -5927,8 +5945,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Evict All Pods on a Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00326.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"659" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"661" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5936,8 +5954,8 @@ "title":"Why Cannot a Pod Be Scheduled to a Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00293.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"660" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"662" }, { "desc":"After a workload pod is scheduled on a node based on the node labels, any changes to the labels or kubelet restarts due to configuration changes lead to a fault. About 30", @@ -5945,8 +5963,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Troubleshoot a Pod Exit Caused by a Node Label Update?", "uri":"cce_faq_00487.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"655", - "code":"661" + "p_code":"657", + "code":"663" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -5954,8 +5972,8 @@ "title":"Others", "uri":"cce_faq_00186.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"636", - "code":"662" + "p_code":"638", + "code":"664" }, { "desc":"When a cron job is paused mid-execution and later resumed, the controller checks the number of missed scheduling times between the last scheduled time and the current tim", @@ -5963,8 +5981,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Cron Job Cannot Be Restarted After Being Stopped for a Period of Time?", "uri":"cce_faq_00213.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"662", - "code":"663" + "p_code":"664", + "code":"665" }, { "desc":"The inter-pod discovery service of CCE corresponds to the headless Service of Kubernetes. Headless Services specify None for the cluster IP (spec:clusterIP) in YAML, whic", @@ -5972,8 +5990,8 @@ "title":"What Is a Headless Service When I Create a StatefulSet?", "uri":"cce_faq_00289.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"662", - "code":"664" + "p_code":"664", + "code":"666" }, { "desc":"When you replace the image of a container in a created workload and use an uploaded image on the CCE console, an error message \"Auth is empty, only accept X-Auth-Token or", @@ -5981,8 +5999,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Auth is empty\" Is Displayed When a Private Image Is Pulled?", "uri":"cce_faq_00106.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"662", - "code":"665" + "p_code":"664", + "code":"667" }, { "desc":"A container image is required to create a container. Images may be stored locally or in a remote image repository.The imagePullPolicy field in the Kubernetes configuratio", @@ -5990,8 +6008,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Image Pull Policy for Containers in a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00199.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"662", - "code":"666" + "p_code":"664", + "code":"668" }, { "desc":"When containerd is used as the container engine, there is a possibility that the image layer is missing when an image is pulled to a node. As a result, the workload conta", @@ -5999,8 +6017,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do If a Layer Is Missing During Image Pull?", "uri":"cce_faq_00319.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"662", - "code":"667" + "p_code":"664", + "code":"669" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6008,8 +6026,8 @@ "title":"Networking", "uri":"cce_faq_00141.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"668" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"670" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6017,17 +6035,17 @@ "title":"Network Exception Troubleshooting", "uri":"cce_faq_00205.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"668", - "code":"669" + "p_code":"670", + "code":"671" }, { - "desc":"The issues here are described in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out one cause, move on to the next one.Check Item 1: Con", + "desc":"Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are to occur.If the fault persists after you have ruled out a cause, check other causes.Check Item 1: Conta", "product_code":"cce", "title":"How Do I Locate a Workload Networking Fault?", "uri":"cce_faq_00202.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"669", - "code":"670" + "p_code":"671", + "code":"672" }, { "desc":"CCE does not return any error code when you fail to access your applications using a browser. Check your services first.404 Not FoundIf the error code shown in the follow", @@ -6035,8 +6053,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Browser Return Error Code 404 When I Access a Deployed Application?", "uri":"cce_faq_00203.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"669", - "code":"671" + "p_code":"671", + "code":"673" }, { "desc":"If a container cannot access the Internet, check whether the node where the container is located can access the Internet. Then check whether the network configuration of ", @@ -6044,8 +6062,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Container Fails to Access the Internet?", "uri":"cce_faq_00204.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"669", - "code":"672" + "p_code":"671", + "code":"674" }, { "desc":"If a node cannot access the Internet, you can check the items described in this section and resolve the issue.Log in to the ECS console and check whether an EIP has been ", @@ -6053,8 +6071,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Node Fails to Access the Internet?", "uri":"cce_faq_00022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"669", - "code":"673" + "p_code":"671", + "code":"675" }, { "desc":"If you configure an HTTPS certificate for a LoadBalancer ingress, access may become abnormal if any of the following issues arise. To fix the problem, refer to the causes", @@ -6062,8 +6080,8 @@ "title":"What Could Cause Access Exceptions After Configuring an HTTPS Certificate for a LoadBalancer Ingress?", "uri":"cce_faq_00455.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"669", - "code":"674" + "p_code":"671", + "code":"676" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6071,8 +6089,8 @@ "title":"Network Planning", "uri":"cce_faq_00146.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"668", - "code":"675" + "p_code":"670", + "code":"677" }, { "desc":"A VPC is similar to a private local area network (LAN) managed by a home gateway whose IP address is 192.168.0.0/16. A VPC is a private network built on the cloud and pro", @@ -6080,8 +6098,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Relationship Between Clusters, VPCs, and Subnets?", "uri":"cce_faq_00266.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"675", - "code":"676" + "p_code":"677", + "code":"678" }, { "desc":"CCE is a universal container platform. Its default security group rules apply to common scenarios. When a cluster is created, a security group is automatically created fo", @@ -6089,8 +6107,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Configure a Security Group Rule for a Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00265.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"675", - "code":"677" + "p_code":"677", + "code":"679" }, { "desc":"To create an IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack CCE Turbo cluster, you need to set an IPv6 Service CIDR block. The default CIDR block is fc00::/112, which contains 65,536 IPv6 addresse", @@ -6098,8 +6116,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure the IPv6 Service CIDR Block When Creating a CCE Turbo Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00406.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"675", - "code":"678" + "p_code":"677", + "code":"680" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6107,8 +6125,8 @@ "title":"Security Hardening", "uri":"cce_faq_00264.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"668", - "code":"679" + "p_code":"670", + "code":"681" }, { "desc":"QuestionHow do I prevent cluster nodes from being exposed to public networks?SolutionIf access to port 22 of a cluster node is not required, you can define a security gro", @@ -6116,8 +6134,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Prevent Cluster Nodes from Being Exposed to Public Networks?", "uri":"cce_faq_00267.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"679", - "code":"680" + "p_code":"681", + "code":"682" }, { "desc":"After the public API Server address is bound to the cluster, modify the security group rules of port 5443 on the master node to harden the access control policy of the cl", @@ -6125,8 +6143,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure an Access Policy for a Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00417.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"679", - "code":"681" + "p_code":"681", + "code":"683" }, { "desc":"If your ingress needs to use HTTPS, you must configure a secret of the IngressTLS or kubernetes.io/tls type when creating an ingress.When creating a secret, ensure that t", @@ -6134,8 +6152,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Obtain a TLS Key Certificate?", "uri":"cce_faq_00185.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"679", - "code":"682" + "p_code":"681", + "code":"684" }, { "desc":"Do not add more than 1000 instances to the same security group. Otherwise, the security group performance may deteriorate.You can change the maximum number of servers dis", @@ -6143,8 +6161,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Change the Security Group of Nodes in a Cluster in Batches?", "uri":"cce_faq_00392.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"679", - "code":"683" + "p_code":"681", + "code":"685" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6152,8 +6170,8 @@ "title":"Network Configuration", "uri":"cce_faq_00275.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"668", - "code":"684" + "p_code":"670", + "code":"686" }, { "desc":"Add hostNetwork: true to the spec.spec. in the YAML file of the workload to which the containers will belong.Configure node affinity policies, in addition to perform the ", @@ -6161,8 +6179,8 @@ "title":"How Can Container IP Addresses Survive a Container Restart?", "uri":"cce_faq_00192.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"684", - "code":"685" + "p_code":"686", + "code":"687" }, { "desc":"Pod subnets can be deleted from CCE Turbo clusters v1.23.17-r0, v1.25.12-r0, v1.27.9-r0, v1.28.7-r0, v1.29.3-r0, or later versions.Deleting a pod subnet from a cluster ca", @@ -6170,8 +6188,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Check Whether an ENI Is Used by a Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00446.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"684", - "code":"686" + "p_code":"686", + "code":"688" }, { "desc":"Pod subnets can be deleted from CCE Turbo clusters v1.23.17-r0, v1.25.12-r0, v1.27.9-r0, v1.28.7-r0, v1.29.3-r0, or later versions.When you delete a subnet, CCE does not ", @@ -6179,8 +6197,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Delete a Security Group Rule Associated with a Deleted Subnet?", "uri":"cce_faq_00447.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"684", - "code":"687" + "p_code":"686", + "code":"689" }, { "desc":"With CCE, you can associate multiple ingresses with a single load balancer listener and establish various forwarding policies. Listener configuration parameters are store", @@ -6188,8 +6206,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Determine Which Ingress the Listener Settings Have Been Applied To?", "uri":"cce_faq_00460.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"684", - "code":"688" + "p_code":"686", + "code":"690" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6197,8 +6215,8 @@ "title":"Storage", "uri":"cce_faq_00037.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"689" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"691" }, { "desc":"The default storage size of a container is 10 GiB. If a large volume of data is generated in the container, expand the capacity using the method described in this topic.R", @@ -6206,8 +6224,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Expand the Storage Capacity of a Container?", "uri":"cce_faq_00224.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"690" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"692" }, { "desc":"Container storage provides storage for container workloads. It supports multiple StorageClasses. A pod can use any amount of storage.Currently, CCE supports local, EVS, S", @@ -6215,8 +6233,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Among CCE StorageClasses in Terms of Persistent Storage and Multi-Node Mounting?", "uri":"cce_faq_00038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"691" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"693" }, { "desc":"If System Component Storage is set to System Disk, you do not need to add a data disk.Data disks are required if System Component Storage is set to Data Disk.A data disk ", @@ -6224,8 +6242,8 @@ "title":"Can I Create a CCE Node Without Adding a Data Disk to the Node?", "uri":"cce_faq_00089.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"692" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"694" }, { "desc":"When a Service deployed on CCE attempts to upload files to OBS after receiving an access request from an offline machine, an error message is displayed, indicating that t", @@ -6233,8 +6251,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the Host Cannot Be Found When Files Need to Be Uploaded to OBS During the Access to the CCE Service from a Public Network?", "uri":"cce_faq_00218.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"693" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"695" }, { "desc":"The Kubernetes pod structure does not contain ExtendPathMode. Therefore, when a user calls the API for creating a pod or deployment by using client-go, the created pod do", @@ -6242,8 +6260,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Achieve Compatibility Between ExtendPathMode and Kubernetes client-go?", "uri":"cce_faq_00235.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"694" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"696" }, { "desc":"CCE PersistentVolumeClaims (PVCs) are implemented as they are in Kubernetes. A PVC is defined as a storage declaration and is decoupled from underlying storage. It is not", @@ -6251,8 +6269,8 @@ "title":"Can CCE PVCs Detect Underlying Storage Faults?", "uri":"cce_faq_00316.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"695" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"697" }, { "desc":"An existing PV or PVC cannot be deleted by running the kubectl delete command and it remains in the terminating state.To prevent data loss caused by mis-deletion of PVs o", @@ -6260,8 +6278,8 @@ "title":"Why Cannot I Delete a PV or PVC Using the kubectl delete Command?", "uri":"cce_faq_00418.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"689", - "code":"696" + "p_code":"691", + "code":"698" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6269,8 +6287,8 @@ "title":"Namespace", "uri":"cce_faq_00324.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"697" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"699" }, { "desc":"The namespace remains in the Deleting state. The error message \"DiscoveryFailed\" is displayed in status in the YAML file.In the preceding figure, the full error message i", @@ -6278,8 +6296,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Namespace Fails to Be Deleted Due to an APIService Object Access Failure?", "uri":"cce_faq_00325.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"697", - "code":"698" + "p_code":"699", + "code":"700" }, { "desc":"A Kubernetes namespace is typically in the active or terminating state. If a namespace is deleted when there are still running resources, the namespace enters the termina", @@ -6287,8 +6305,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Delete a Namespace in the Terminating State?", "uri":"cce_faq_00277.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"697", - "code":"699" + "p_code":"699", + "code":"701" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6296,8 +6314,8 @@ "title":"Chart and Add-on", "uri":"cce_faq_00215.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"700" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"702" }, { "desc":"When the node load is heavy, residual CCE Node Problem Detector process resources may exist.After successful login to the ECS node where the CCE cluster runs, it is found", @@ -6305,8 +6323,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Residual Process Resources Exist Due to an Earlier CCE Node Problem Detector Add-on Version?", "uri":"cce_faq_00130.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"700", - "code":"701" + "p_code":"702", + "code":"703" }, { "desc":"When an add-on fails to be installed, the error message \"The release name is already exist\" is returned.The add-on release record remains in the Kubernetes cluster. Gener", @@ -6314,8 +6332,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Installation of an Add-on Fails and \"The release name is already exist\" Is Displayed?", "uri":"cce_faq_00322.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"700", - "code":"702" + "p_code":"702", + "code":"704" }, { "desc":"After changing the cluster scale, adjust the add-on resource quotas based on the cluster scale to ensure that the add-on pods can run properly. For example, if you expand", @@ -6323,8 +6341,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure the Add-on Resource Quotas Based on Cluster Scale?", "uri":"cce_faq_00429.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"700", - "code":"703" + "p_code":"702", + "code":"705" }, { "desc":"The NGINX Ingress Controller add-on is in the unknown state, and after this add-on is uninstalled, residual components still remain.Involved Kubernetes resources include:", @@ -6332,8 +6350,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Clean Up Residual Resources After the NGINX Ingress Controller Add-on in the Unknown State Is Deleted?", "uri":"cce_faq_00438.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"700", - "code":"704" + "p_code":"702", + "code":"706" }, { "desc":"When GPU virtualization workloads are present on a GPU node, upgrading or rolling back the CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) add-on led to failures in upgrading or rolling back c", @@ -6341,8 +6359,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Drain a GPU Node After Upgrading or Rolling Back the CCE AI Suite (NVIDIA GPU) Add-on?", "uri":"cce_faq_00488.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"700", - "code":"705" + "p_code":"702", + "code":"707" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6350,8 +6368,8 @@ "title":"API & kubectl FAQs", "uri":"cce_faq_00207.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"706" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"708" }, { "desc":"You can use either of the following methods to access a cluster API server:(Recommended) Through the cluster API. This access mode uses certificate authentication. It is ", @@ -6359,8 +6377,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Access a Cluster API Server?", "uri":"cce_faq_00025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"706", - "code":"707" + "p_code":"708", + "code":"709" }, { "desc":"The CCE console does not support the display of the following Kubernetes resources: DaemonSets, ReplicationControllers, ReplicaSets, and endpoints.To query these resource", @@ -6368,8 +6386,8 @@ "title":"Can the Resources Created Using APIs or kubectl Be Displayed on the CCE Console?", "uri":"cce_faq_00208.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"706", - "code":"708" + "p_code":"708", + "code":"710" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6377,8 +6395,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Download kubeconfig for Connecting to a Cluster Using kubectl?", "uri":"cce_faq_00041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"706", - "code":"709" + "p_code":"708", + "code":"711" }, { "desc":"The error message \"Error from server (ServiceUnavailable): the server is currently unable to handle the request (get nodes.metrics.k8s.io)\" is displayed after the kubectl", @@ -6386,8 +6404,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Rectify the Error Reported When Running the kubectl top node Command?", "uri":"cce_faq_00321.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"706", - "code":"710" + "p_code":"708", + "code":"712" }, { "desc":"When you use kubectl to create or query Kubernetes resources, the following output is returned:# kubectl get deploy Error from server (Forbidden): deployments.apps is for", @@ -6395,8 +6413,8 @@ "title":"Why Is \"Error from server (Forbidden)\" Displayed When I Use kubectl?", "uri":"cce_faq_00311.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"706", - "code":"711" + "p_code":"708", + "code":"713" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6404,8 +6422,8 @@ "title":"DNS FAQs", "uri":"cce_faq_00001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"712" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"714" }, { "desc":"CoreDNS QPS is positively correlated with the CPU usage. If the QPS is high, adjust the CoreDNS instance specifications based on the QPS.If the add-on performance reaches", @@ -6413,8 +6431,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Domain Name Resolution Fails in a CCE Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00197.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"712", - "code":"713" + "p_code":"714", + "code":"715" }, { "desc":"A customer bound its domain name to the private domain names in the DNS service and also to a specific VPC. It is found that the ECSs in the VPC can properly resolve the ", @@ -6422,8 +6440,8 @@ "title":"Why Does a Container in a CCE Cluster Fail to Perform DNS Resolution?", "uri":"cce_faq_00107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"712", - "code":"714" + "p_code":"714", + "code":"716" }, { "desc":"The following is an example resolv.conf file for a container in a workload:In the preceding information:nameserver: IP address of the DNS. Set this parameter to the clust", @@ -6431,8 +6449,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Optimize the Configuration If the External Domain Name Resolution Is Slow or Times Out?", "uri":"cce_faq_00195.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"712", - "code":"715" + "p_code":"714", + "code":"717" }, { "desc":"CCE uses dnsPolicy to identify different DNS policies for each pod. The value of dnsPolicy can be either of the following:None: No DNS policy is configured. In this mode,", @@ -6440,8 +6458,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure a DNS Policy for a Container?", "uri":"cce_faq_00194.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"712", - "code":"716" + "p_code":"714", + "code":"718" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6449,8 +6467,8 @@ "title":"Image Repository FAQs", "uri":"cce_faq_00093.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"717" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"719" }, { "desc":"SWR manages images for CCE. It provides the following ways to upload images:Uploading an Image Through a Container Engine Client", @@ -6458,8 +6476,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Upload My Images to CCE?", "uri":"cce_faq_00032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"717", - "code":"718" + "p_code":"719", + "code":"720" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6467,8 +6485,8 @@ "title":"Permissions", "uri":"cce_faq_00397.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"595", - "code":"719" + "p_code":"597", + "code":"721" }, { "desc":"Namespace permissions and cluster management permissions are independent and complementary to each other.Namespace permissions: apply to clusters and are used to manage o", @@ -6476,8 +6494,8 @@ "title":"Can I Configure Only Namespace Permissions Without Cluster Management Permissions?", "uri":"cce_faq_00398.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"719", - "code":"720" + "p_code":"721", + "code":"722" }, { "desc":"CCE has cloud service APIs and cluster APIs.Cloud service APIs: You can perform operations on the infrastructure (such as creating nodes) and cluster resources (such as c", @@ -6485,8 +6503,8 @@ "title":"Can I Use CCE APIs If the Cluster Management Permissions Are Not Configured?", "uri":"cce_faq_00399.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"719", - "code":"721" + "p_code":"721", + "code":"723" }, { "desc":"IAM authentication is not required for running kubectl commands. Therefore, you can run kubectl commands without configuring cluster management (IAM) permissions. However", @@ -6494,8 +6512,8 @@ "title":"Can I Use kubectl If the Cluster Management Permissions Are Not Configured?", "uri":"cce_faq_00400.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"719", - "code":"722" + "p_code":"721", + "code":"724" }, { "desc":"When creating an OBS PVC in a CCE cluster, you need to select an access key (AK/SK). OBS access keys are classified into the following types:(Recommended) Custom access k", @@ -6503,8 +6521,8 @@ "title":"What Is an OBS Global Access Key and How Do I Check Whether a Global Access Key Is Used in a Cluster?", "uri":"cce_faq_00484.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"719", - "code":"723" + "p_code":"721", + "code":"725" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6513,7 +6531,7 @@ "uri":"cce_01_9999.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"724" + "code":"726" }, { "desc":"CCE 2.0 inherits and modifies the features of CCE 1.0, and release new features.Modified features:Clusters in CCE 1.0 are equivalent to Hybrid clusters in CCE 2.0.CCE 2.0", @@ -6521,8 +6539,8 @@ "title":"Differences Between CCE 1.0 and CCE 2.0", "uri":"cce_01_9998.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"724", - "code":"725" + "p_code":"726", + "code":"727" }, { "desc":"Migrate the images stored in the image repository of CCE 1.0 to CCE 2.0.A VM is available. The VM is bound to a public IP address and can access the Internet. Docker (ear", @@ -6530,8 +6548,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Images", "uri":"cce_01_9997.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"724", - "code":"726" + "p_code":"726", + "code":"728" }, { "desc":"Create Hybrid clusters on the CCE 2.0 console. These new Hybrid clusters should have the same specifications with those created on CCE 1.0.To create clusters using APIs, ", @@ -6539,8 +6557,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Clusters", "uri":"cce_01_9996.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"724", - "code":"727" + "p_code":"726", + "code":"729" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a Deployment with the same specifications as that in CCE 1.0 on the CCE 2.0 console.It is advised to delete the applications on CCE 1", @@ -6548,8 +6566,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Applications", "uri":"cce_01_9995.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", - "p_code":"724", - "code":"728" + "p_code":"726", + "code":"730" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -6558,6 +6576,6 @@ "uri":"cce_01_0300.html", "doc_type":"usermanual2", "p_code":"", - "code":"729" + "code":"731" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_01_0300.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_01_0300.html index 469502766..ce1c262ac 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_01_0300.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_01_0300.html @@ -8,7 +8,19 @@ -

2025-12-30

+

2026-03-11

+ +

Update:

+ + + +

2026-01-28

+ +

Add:

+ + + +

2025-12-30

Add:

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0006.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0006.html index f4b2e79c8..b82eaccbb 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0006.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0006.html @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

Overview of DaemonSet

A DaemonSet runs a pod on each node in a cluster and ensures that there is only one pod. This works well for certain system-level applications such as log collection and resource monitoring since they must run on each node. A good example is kube-proxy.

-

DaemonSets are closely related to nodes. If a node becomes faulty, the DaemonSet will not create the same pods on other nodes.

+

DaemonSets are closely related to nodes. If a node becomes faulty, the DaemonSet will not migrate the pod on that node to other nodes for re-creation.

Figure 4 DaemonSet

Overview of Jobs and CronJobs

Jobs and CronJobs are Kubernetes resources designed to manage short-lived, one-off tasks that run to completion.

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0009.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0009.html index 4b2b7736f..f8d05337e 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0009.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0009.html @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

www.example.com

-

Enter the address of the third image repository.

+

Enter the address of the third-party image repository.

docker-username

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0010.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0010.html index 5612e0138..9e9a39381 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0010.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0010.html @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@

For details about the Service, see Service Overview.

-

Ingress

Services forward requests using TCP and UDP at Layer 4. Ingresses forward requests using HTTP and HTTPS at Layer 7. Domain names and paths can be used for access of finer granularities.

+

Ingress

Services forward requests using TCP and UDP at Layer 4. Ingresses forward requests using HTTP and HTTPS at Layer 7, and can achieve finer-grained traffic routing through domain names and paths.

Figure 3 An ingress and its associated Services

For details about the ingress, see Ingress Overview.

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0026.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0026.html index 4cedbe8a1..2cebb9901 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0026.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0026.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

What Is a Trace?

A trace is an operation log for a cloud service resource, tracked and stored by CTS. Traces record operations such as adding, modifying, or deleting cloud service resources. You can view them to identify who performed operations and when for detailed tracking.

-

Viewing Traces in the Trace List

  1. Log in to the management console, click in the upper left corner, and choose Management & Deployment > Cloud Trace Service.
  2. In the navigation pane, choose Trace List.
  3. In the upper right corner of the page, set a desired query time range: Last 1 hour, Last 1 day, or Last 1 week. You can also click Customize to specify a custom time range within the last seven days.
  4. Set filters to search for your desired traces, as shown in Figure 1.

    Figure 1 Filters
    +

    Viewing Traces in the Trace List

    1. Log in to the management console, click in the upper left corner, and choose Management & Deployment > Cloud Trace Service.
    2. In the navigation pane, choose Trace List.
    3. In the upper right corner of the page, select a desired query time range: Last 1 hour, Last 1 day, or Last 1 week. You can also specify a custom time range within the last seven days.
    4. Set filters to search for your desired traces, as shown in Figure 1.

      Figure 1 Filters
      @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    5. Click on the left of a trace to expand its details.

      -

    6. Click View Trace in the Operation column. The trace details are displayed.

      +

    7. Click View Trace in the Operation column. The trace details are displayed.

    8. Helpful Links

      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0028.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0028.html index 51cb1b387..e02eca61b 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0028.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0028.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0059.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0059.html index 685480d76..8037836f7 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0059.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0059.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ kind: NetworkPolicy metadata: name: access-ingress3 spec: - podSelector: # The rule applies only to pods labeled with role=db. + podSelector: # The rule applies only to pods labeled with role=db. matchLabels: role: db ingress: # This is an ingress rule. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ spec: - podSelector: # The rule takes effect for pods with the role=web label. matchLabels: role: web -
    9. Run the following command to create the network policy defined the access-egress2.yaml file:
      kubectl apply -f access-egress2.yaml
      +
    10. Run the following command to create the network policy defined in the access-egress2.yaml file:
      kubectl apply -f access-egress2.yaml

      Expected output:

      networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/access-egress2 created
    11. diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0141.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0141.html index dec2fb12e..285db8725 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0141.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0141.html @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

      v1.29

      v1.30

      - - @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ - @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ - @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ - @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ - @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ - @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ - @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ - @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ - @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ - @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ - @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ - @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ - @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ - @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ - diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0193.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0193.html index ec990a466..7ac8cd4c8 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0193.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0193.html @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ workload_balancer_third_party_types: '' -
      Table 1 Trace filtering parameters

      Parameter

      Reserved Pod IP Per Node (supported by clusters using the VPC networks)

      The number of pod IP addresses that can be allocated in the container network (alpha.cce/fixPoolMask). This parameter determines the maximum number of pods that can be created on each node. Pods that use the host networks do not occupy the reserved IP addresses.

      -

      In a container network, each pod is assigned a unique IP address. If the number of pod IP addresses reserved for each node is insufficient, pods cannot be created. For details, see Number of Allocatable Pod IP Addresses on a Node.

      +

      In a container network, each pod is assigned a unique IP address. If the number of pod IP addresses reserved for each node is insufficient, pods cannot be created. For details, see Number of Reserved Pod IP Addresses Per Node.

      No

      • Supported xGPU configuration by node pool.
      • Supported GPU rendering.
      • Clusters v1.30 are supported.
      +
      • Supported xGPU configuration for node pools.
      • Supported GPU rendering.
      • Clusters v1.30 are supported.

      2.6.4

      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0154.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0154.html index c41ec364e..4ee7e0677 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0154.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0154.html @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

      v1.30

      The scale-down delay and scale-down utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      +

      The scale-down delay and utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      1.30.1

      v1.29

      The scale-down delay and scale-down utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      +

      The scale-down delay and utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      1.29.1

      v1.28

      The scale-down delay and scale-down utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      +

      The scale-down delay and utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      1.28.1

      v1.27

      The scale-down delay and scale-down utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      +

      The scale-down delay and utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      1.27.1

      v1.25

      The scale-down delay and scale-down utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      +

      The scale-down delay and utilization thresholds can be configured for node pools.

      1.25.0

      v1.25

      • Fixed the issue where the autoscaler's least-waste is disabled by default.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in another node pool and the add-on had to restart.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.
      +
      • Fixed the issue where the autoscaler's least-waste is disabled by default.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in any other node pool and the add-on had to be restarted.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.

      1.25.0

      v1.23

      • Fixed the issue where the autoscaler's least-waste is disabled by default.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in another node pool and the add-on had to restart.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.
      +
      • Fixed the issue where the autoscaler's least-waste is disabled by default.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in any other node pool and the add-on had to be restarted.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.

      1.23.0

      v1.23

      • Supported node scaling policies without a step.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.
      +
      • Supported node scaling policies without steps.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.

      1.23.0

      v1.23

      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations such as data dump can be performed before a node is deleted.
      +
      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations, such as data dump, can be performed before a node is deleted.

      1.23.0

      v1.21

      • Supported anti-affinity scheduling of add-on pods on nodes in different AZs.
      • Added the tolerance time during which the pods with temporary storage volumes can be unscheduled.
      • Fixed the issue where the number of node pools cannot be restored when scaling group resources are insufficient.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in another node pool and the add-on had to restart.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.
      +
      • Supported anti-affinity scheduling of add-on pods on nodes in different AZs.
      • Added the tolerance time during which the pods with temporary storage volumes can be unscheduled.
      • Fixed the issue where the number of node pools cannot be restored when scaling group resources are insufficient.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in any other node pool and the add-on had to be restarted.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.

      1.21.0

      v1.21

      • Supported node scaling policies without a step.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.
      +
      • Supported node scaling policies without steps.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.

      1.21.0

      v1.21

      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations such as data dump can be performed before a node is deleted.
      +
      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations, such as data dump, can be performed before a node is deleted.

      1.21.0

      v1.19

      • Optimized the method of identifying GPUs.
      • Used the remaining node quota of a cluster for the extra nodes that are beyond the cluster scale.
      +
      • Optimized the method of identifying GPUs.
      • Scaled out only by the remaining number of nodes supported by the cluster when the requested number of nodes for scaling out exceeds the cluster's maximum capacity.

      1.19.0

      v1.19

      • Supported anti-affinity scheduling of add-on pods on nodes in different AZs.
      • Added the tolerance time during which the pods with temporary storage volumes can be unscheduled.
      • Fixed the issue where the number of node pools cannot be restored when scaling group resources are insufficient.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in another node pool and the add-on had to restart.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.
      +
      • Supported anti-affinity scheduling of add-on pods on nodes in different AZs.
      • Added the tolerance time during which the pods with temporary storage volumes can be unscheduled.
      • Fixed the issue where the number of node pools cannot be restored when scaling group resources are insufficient.
      • Fixed the issue where, if a node scale-out failed in a node pool, the same operation cannot be performed in any other node pool and the add-on had to be restarted.
      • The default taint tolerance duration is changed to 60s.
      • Fixed the issue where scale-out is still triggered after the scale-out rule is disabled.

      1.19.0

      v1.19

      • Supported node scaling policies without a step.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.
      +
      • Supported node scaling policies without steps.
      • Fixed a bug so that deleted node pools are automatically removed.
      • Supported priority-based scheduling.
      • Supported the emptyDir scheduling policy.
      • Fixed a bug so that scale-in can be triggered on the nodes whose capacity is lower than the scale-in threshold when the node scaling policy is disabled.
      • Modified the memory request and limit of a custom flavor.
      • Allowed a node pool with auto scaling disabled to report a scaling failure event.

      1.19.0

      v1.19

      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations such as data dump can be performed before a node is deleted.
      +
      • Optimized logging.
      • Supported scale-in waiting so that operations, such as data dump, can be performed before a node is deleted.

      1.19.0

      Used to enable cloud native hybrid deployment.

      This function is disabled by default. Options:

      -
      • true: The function is enabled.
      • false or empty: The function is disabled.
      +
      • true: The function is enabled.
      • false or empty: The function is disabled.

      oversubscription_method

      @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ workload_balancer_third_party_types: ''

      This section describes how to configure volcano-scheduler.

      Only Volcano of v1.7.1 and later support this function.

      -

      Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console. In the navigation pane, choose Settings and click the Scheduling tab. In the Select Cluster Scheduler area, find the expert mode and click Try Now.

      +

      Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console. In the navigation pane, choose Settings and click the Scheduling tab. In the Default Cluster Scheduler area, find the expert mode and click Try Now.

      • Using resource_exporter:
        ...
        @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ workload_balancer_third_party_types: ''

        v1.30

        v1.31

      Supported even scheduling on virtual GPUs.

      +

      Supported even scheduling in virtual GPUs.

      1.15.6

      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0248.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0248.html index 09b226037..4b719ac00 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0248.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0248.html @@ -6,10 +6,14 @@

      The value of the kubelet configuration parameter maxPods is used. For details, see Maximum Number of Pods on a Node.

      The smaller value between the following two options is used:

      - +

      The smaller value between the following two options is used:

      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0336.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0336.html index 1cdff108b..1e6e12162 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0336.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0336.html @@ -4,18 +4,20 @@

      CCE Container Storage (Everest) supports custom access keys. In this way, IAM users can use their own custom access keys to mount an OBS volume.

      Prerequisites

      -

      Constraints

      • When an OBS volume is mounted using a custom access key (AK/SK), the access key cannot be deleted or disabled. Otherwise, the service container cannot access the mounted OBS volume.
      • Custom access keys cannot be configured for secure containers.
      +

      Notes and Constraints

      • When an OBS volume is mounted using custom access keys (AK/SK), the access key cannot be deleted or disabled. Otherwise, the service container cannot access the mounted OBS volume.
      • Custom access keys cannot be configured for secure containers.

      Disabling a Global AK

      When creating an OBS volume on the console of an earlier version, you need to upload the AK/SK (global access key), which is then used by default for mounting the OBS volume. As a result, all IAM users within your account will use the same key to mount the OBS buckets, and they will have identical permissions on the buckets. However, this setting does not allow you to set different permissions for individual IAM users.

      -

      If you have uploaded the AK/SK, disable the automatic mounting of global access keys by enabling the DISABLE_AUTO_MOUNT_SECRET parameter in the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on to prevent IAM users from performing unauthorized operations. In this way, the global access keys uploaded on the console will not be used when you use OBS volumes.

      -
      • Before enabling DISABLE_AUTO_MOUNT_SECRET, ensure that there are no OBS volumes in the cluster. Workloads using OBS volumes may fail to remount after scaling or restart due to missing access keys, which are blocked by DISABLE_AUTO_MOUNT_SECRET.
      • If DISABLE_AUTO_MOUNT_SECRET is set to true, an access key must be specified when a PV or PVC is created. Otherwise, mounting the OBS volume will fail.
      +

      If you have uploaded the AK/SK (specifically, if paas.longaksk exists in the kube-system namespace of the cluster), you should disable the global access secret to prevent IAM users from performing unauthorized operations. This ensures that the uploaded global access secret in the console will not be used when OBS volumes are used. If you have not uploaded any AK/SK, skip this section.

      +
      • Before disabling the global access secret, ensure that there are no OBS volumes in the cluster. Workloads using OBS volumes may fail to remount after scaling or restart due to missing access keys.
      • After the global access secret is disabled, you must specify the access keys when creating a PV and PVC. Otherwise, the OBS volume fails to be mounted.
      -

      The following steps apply to CCE Container Storage (Everest) 2.x (2.1.42 or later):

      -
      1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
      2. In the navigation pane, choose Add-ons. In the right pane, find the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on and click Edit.
      3. Configure the add-on parameters. Set Prohibit Global Secret from Mounting Object Storage (disable_auto_mount_secret) to Yes.
      4. Click OK.
      -

      The following steps apply to CCE Container Storage (Everest) 1.x. (The modified settings cannot be retained during the add-on upgrades. You are advised to use the add-on of 2.x.)

      -
      1. Use kubectl to access the cluster and run the following command to modify the add-on settings:
        kubectl edit ds everest-csi-driver -nkube-system
        -
      2. Search for disable-auto-mount-secret and set it to true.

        -
      3. Run :wq to save the settings and exit. Wait until the pod is restarted.
      +

      To disable the global access secret, do as follows:

      +
      • Disable the automatic mounting of access secrets in the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on by setting disable_auto_mount_secret to true.

        The following steps apply to CCE Container Storage (Everest) 2.x (2.1.42 or later):

        +
        1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
        2. In the navigation pane, choose Add-ons. In the right pane, find the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on and click Edit.
        3. Configure the add-on parameters. Set Prohibit Global Secret from Mounting Object Storage (disable_auto_mount_secret) to Yes.
        4. Click OK.
        +

        The following steps apply to CCE Container Storage (Everest) 1.x. The modified settings cannot be retained during the add-on upgrades. You are advised to use the add-on of 2.x.

        +
        1. Use kubectl to access the cluster and run the following command to modify the add-on settings:
          kubectl edit ds everest-csi-driver -nkube-system
          +
        2. Search for disable-auto-mount-secret and set it to true.

          +
        3. Run :wq to save the settings and exit. Wait until the pod is restarted.
        +
      • In the Settings > Cluster Settings area, disable the global access secret of the cluster. The global access secret (paas.longaksk) in the kube-system namespace of the cluster will be deleted.

      Obtaining an Access Key

      1. Access the My Credentials page.
      2. In the navigation pane, choose Access Keys.
      3. Click Create Access Key. The Create Access Key dialog box is displayed.
      4. Click OK to download the access key.
      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0337.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0337.html index 30192857f..8b39fae61 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0337.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0337.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

      This section describes how to configure SFS mount options. You can configure mount options in a PV and bind the PV to a PVC. Alternatively, configure mount options in a StorageClass and use the StorageClass to create a PVC. In this way, PVs can be dynamically created and inherit mount options configured in the StorageClass by default.

      Prerequisites

      The CCE Container Storage (Everest) version must be 1.2.8 or later. This add-on identifies the mount options and transfers them to the underlying storage resources. The parameter settings take effect only if the underlying storage resources support the specified options.

      -

      Constraints

      • Mount options cannot be configured for secure containers.
      • Due to the restrictions of the NFS protocol, if an SFS volume is mounted to a node for multiple times, link-related mounting parameters (such as timeo) take effect only when the SFS volume is mounted for the first time by default. For example, if the same SFS file system is mounted to multiple pods running on a node, the mounting parameter set later does not overwrite the existing parameter value. If you want to configure different mounting parameters in the preceding scenario, additionally configure the nosharecache parameter.
      +

      Notes and Constraints

      • Mount options cannot be configured for secure containers.
      • Due to the restrictions of the NFS protocol, if an SFS volume is mounted to a node for multiple times, link-related mounting parameters (such as timeo) take effect only when the SFS volume is mounted for the first time by default. For example, if the same SFS file system is mounted to multiple pods running on a node, the mounting parameter set later does not overwrite the existing parameter value. If you want to configure different mounting parameters in the preceding scenario, additionally configure the nosharecache parameter.

      SFS Volume Mount Options

      The Everest add-on in CCE presets the options described in Table 1 for mounting SFS volumes.

      @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
      -

      You can configure other mount options if needed. For details, see Mounting an NFS File System to ECSs (Linux).

      +

      You can configure other mount options if needed. For details, see Mounting an NFS File System to ECSs (Linux).

    Configuring Mount Options in a PV

    You can use the mountOptions field to configure mount options in a PV. The options you can configure in mountOptions are listed in SFS Volume Mount Options.

    1. Use kubectl to access the cluster. For details, see Accessing a Cluster Using kubectl.
    2. Configure mount options in a PV. Example:

      apiVersion: v1
      @@ -85,12 +85,13 @@ spec:
         csi:
           driver: nas.csi.everest.io    # Dependent storage driver for the mounting
           fsType: nfs
      -    volumeHandle: <your_volume_id>   # The ID of the SFS Capacity-Oriented volume
      +    volumeHandle: <your_volume_id>   # The ID of the SFS Capacity-Oriented volume or the file system name when a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used
           volumeAttributes:
             everest.io/share-export-location: <your_location>  # Shared path of the SFS volume
             storage.kubernetes.io/csiProvisionerIdentity: everest-csi-provisioner
      +      everest.io/sfs-version: sfs3.0       # A general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used.
         persistentVolumeReclaimPolicy: Retain    # Reclaim policy
      -  storageClassName: csi-nas                # StorageClass name. 
      +  storageClassName: csi-nas                # StorageClass name. csi-nas indicates that SFS Capacity-Oriented is used. csi-sfs indicates that a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used.
         mountOptions:                            # Mount options
         - vers=3
         - nolock
      @@ -116,6 +117,7 @@ parameters:
         csi.storage.k8s.io/csi-driver-name: nas.csi.everest.io
         csi.storage.k8s.io/fstype: nfs
       everest.io/share-access-to: <your_vpc_id> # VPC ID of the cluster
      +  everest.io/sfs-version: sfs3.0              # A general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used. This parameter is not required for SFS Capacity-Oriented.
       reclaimPolicy: Delete
       volumeBindingMode: Immediate
       mountOptions:                            # Mount options
      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0348.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0348.html
      index 6e04a3f71..f21059366 100644
      --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0348.html
      +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0348.html
      @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
       
       

      VPC network

      -

      The smaller value between the Maximum Number of Pods on a Node and Number of Allocatable Pod IP Addresses on a Node

      +

      The smaller value between the Maximum Number of Pods on a Node and Number of Reserved Pod IP Addresses Per Node

      -

      To ensure that new pods run smoothly on a node, verify that the maximum number of pods on the node does not exceed the number of allocatable pod IP addresses. If the node lacks sufficient pod IP addresses, new pods will not function properly.

      +

      To ensure that new pods run smoothly on a node, verify that the maximum number of pods on the node does not exceed the number of allocatable pod IP addresses. If the node lacks sufficient pod IP addresses, new pods will not function properly.

      Cloud Native Network 2.0 (for CCE Turbo clusters)

      @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
-

Number of Allocatable Pod IP Addresses on a Node

The number of allocatable pod IP addresses on a node is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be allocated to pods on that node. When creating a cluster in the VPC network model, follow the and specify the number of pod IP addresses that each node can allocate using alpha.cce/fixPoolMask.

+

Number of Reserved Pod IP Addresses Per Node

When creating a cluster in the VPC network model, follow the and specify the number of pod IP addresses that each node can allocate using alpha.cce/fixPoolMask.

The maximum number of pods that can be created on a node is determined by the number of pod IP addresses available for allocation. In a containerized environment, each pod requires its own unique IP address. If the node runs out of reserved pod IP addresses, new pods cannot be created. If hostNetwork: true is configured in the YAML file, pods will use the host network instead of the reserved pod IP addresses. For details, see Pod IP Address Allocation Differences Between the Container Network and Host Network.

By default, each node in a cluster is assigned a CIDR block from which pod IP addresses are allocated. The usable number of IP addresses for pods within this block is typically the total number of addresses in the CIDR block minus three reserved addresses (including the network address, gateway address, and broadcast address).

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0365.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0365.html index e0b3d9102..11f62b311 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0365.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0365.html @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@

For example, the domain name www.***.com has only two dots (smaller than the value of ndots), and therefore the sequence of DNS queries is as follows: www.***.com.default.svc.cluster.local, www.***.com.svc.cluster.local, www.***.com.cluster.local, and www.***.com. This means that at least seven DNS queries will be initiated before the domain name is resolved into an IP address. It is clear that when many unnecessary DNS queries will be initiated to access an external domain name. There is room for improvement in workload's DNS configuration.

-

For more information about configuration options in the resolver configuration file used by Linux operating systems, visit http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/resolv.conf.5.html.

+

For details about the configuration items in the Linux DNS resolver configuration file, see https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/resolv.conf.5.html.

Configuring DNS for a Workload Through the Console

Kubernetes provides DNS-related configuration options for applications. The use of application's DNS configuration can effectively reduce unnecessary DNS queries in certain scenarios and improve service concurrency. The following procedure uses an Nginx application as an example to describe how to add DNS configurations for a workload on the console.

  1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
  2. In the navigation pane, choose Workloads. In the upper right corner, click Create Workload.
  3. Configure basic information about the workload. For details, see Creating a Workload.
  4. In the Advanced Settings area, click the DNS tab and set the following parameters as required:

    • DNS Policy: The DNS policies provided on the console correspond to the dnsPolicy field in the YAML file. For details, see Table 1.
      • Supplement defaults: corresponds to dnsPolicy=ClusterFirst. Containers can resolve both the cluster-internal domain names registered by a Service and the external domain names exposed to public networks.
      • Replace defaults: corresponds to dnsPolicy=None. You must configure IP Address and Search Domain. Containers only use the user-defined IP address and search domain configurations for domain name resolution.
      • Inherit defaults: corresponds to dnsPolicy=Default. Containers use the domain name resolution configuration from the node that pods run on and cannot resolve the cluster-internal domain names.
      -
    • Optional Objects: The options parameters in the dnsConfig field. Each object may have a name property (required) and a value property (optional). After setting the properties, click confirm to add.
      • timeout: Timeout interval, in seconds.
      • ndots: Number of dots (.) that must be present in a domain name. If a domain name has dots fewer than this value, the operating system will look up the name in the search domain. If not, the name is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) and will be tried first as an absolute name.
      +
    • Optional Objects: The options parameters in the dnsConfig field. Each object may have a name property (required) and a value property (optional). After setting the properties, click confirm to add.
      • timeout: Timeout interval, in seconds.
      • ndots: Number of dots (.) that must be present in a domain name. If a domain name has fewer dots than this value, the operating system will look up the name in the search domain. If not, the name is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) and will be tried first as an absolute name.
    • IP Address of DNS Server: nameservers in dnsConfig. You can configure a domain name server for a custom domain name. The value is one or a group of DNS IP addresses.
    • Search Domain: searches in the dnsConfig. A list of DNS search domains for hostname lookup in the pod. This property is optional. When specified, the provided list will be merged into the search domain names generated from the chosen DNS policy in dnsPolicy. Duplicate domain names are removed.
    • Host Alias: Add the mapping between domain names and IP addresses to the local configuration file /etc/hosts of a pod for simplified local domain name resolution. For details, see Adding entries to Pod /etc/hosts with HostAliases.

  5. Click Create Workload.
diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0397.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0397.html index 383e04dc4..ffe22034a 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0397.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0397.html @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@

Max. Unavailable Pods (maxUnavailable)

The maximum number or percentage of pods that can be unavailable during a rolling upgrade. This also sets the limit for how many running pods can be below the expected number. The default value is 25%. During an upgrade, the percentage is converted into an absolute number and rounded down.

-

For example, if spec.replicas is set to 2, no pods (2 x 0.25 = 0.5, rounded down to 0) can be unavailable. Therefore, during an upgrade, there will always be at least two pods running (2 desired - 0 unavailable). Each old pod is deleted only after a new one is created, ensuring that at least two pods are always running until all pods are updated.

+

For example, if spec.replicas is set to 2, no pods (2 × 0.25 = 0.5, rounded down to 0) can be unavailable. Therefore, during an upgrade, there will always be at least two pods running (2 desired – 0 unavailable). Each old pod is deleted only after a new one is created, ensuring that at least two pods are always running until all pods are updated.

This parameter is only available for Deployments and DaemonSets.

@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ spec:

maxUnavailable

The maximum number or percentage of pods that can be unavailable during a rolling upgrade. This also sets the limit for how many running pods can be below the expected number. The default value is 25%. During an upgrade, the percentage is converted into an absolute number and rounded down.

-

For example, if spec.replicas is set to 2, no pods (2 x 0.25 = 0.5, rounded down to 0) can be unavailable. Therefore, during an upgrade, there will always be at least two pods running (2 desired - 0 unavailable). Each old pod is deleted only after a new one is created, ensuring that at least two pods are always running until all pods are updated.

+

For example, if spec.replicas is set to 2, no pods (2 × 0.25 = 0.5, rounded down to 0) can be unavailable. Therefore, during an upgrade, there will always be at least two pods running (2 desired – 0 unavailable). Each old pod is deleted only after a new one is created, ensuring that at least two pods are always running until all pods are updated.

This parameter is only available for rolling upgrades.

diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0405.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0405.html index 905fae462..9084c6c89 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0405.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0405.html @@ -2,19 +2,30 @@

Patch Version Release Notes

Version 1.33

-
Table 1 Release notes for the v1.33 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - - + + + + + + @@ -43,19 +54,30 @@

Version 1.32

-
Table 1 Release notes for the v1.33 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

+

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.33.5-r0

+

v1.33.5-r2

+

v1.33.5

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.33.5-r0

v1.33.5

Table 2 Release notes for the v1.32 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - - + + + + + + @@ -74,7 +96,7 @@
  • Service pod scheduling can be deferred until node post-installation scripts complete.
  • DataPlane V2 is available for newly created CCE clusters that use the VPC networks. After DataPlane V2 is enabled, you can configure network policies for these clusters.
  • AK/SK automatic updates are supported for parallel file systems of OBS.
  • During the creation of a LoadBalancer Service, you can configure specific IP addresses for the ELB backend.
  • AppArmor can be used to restrict container access to resources.
- @@ -85,19 +107,30 @@

Version 1.31

-
Table 2 Release notes for the v1.32 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

+

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.32.5-r0

+

v1.32.6-r12

+

v1.32.6

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.32.5-r0

v1.32.5

  • Streaming encoding is supported, significantly reducing memory pressure on control plane nodes caused by LIST requests.
  • The cce-pause container image can be protected against accidental deletion.
  • The system labels used by the NodeLocal DNSCache add-on can be protected against accidental deletion.
+
  • Streaming encoding is supported, significantly reducing memory pressure on control plane nodes caused by LIST requests.
  • The cce-pause container image can be protected against accidental deletion.
  • The system labels used by the NodeLocal DNSCache add-on can be protected against accidental deletion.

None

Table 3 Release notes for the v1.31 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - + + + + + + @@ -136,19 +169,30 @@

Version 1.30

-
Table 3 Release notes for the v1.31 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.31.6-r10

+

v1.31.10-r12

+

v1.31.10

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.31.6-r10

v1.31.6

Table 4 Release notes for the v1.30 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - - + + + + + + @@ -209,19 +253,30 @@

Version 1.29

-
Table 4 Release notes for the v1.30 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

+

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.30.10-r10

+

v1.30.14-r12

+

v1.30.14

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.30.10-r10

v1.30.10

Table 5 Release notes for the v1.29 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - + + + + + + @@ -281,19 +336,30 @@

Version 1.28

-
Table 5 Release notes for the v1.29 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.29.13-r10

+

v1.29.15-r12

+

v1.29.15

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.29.13-r10

v1.29.13

Table 6 Release notes for the v1.28 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - + + + + + + @@ -388,19 +454,30 @@

Version 1.27

-
Table 6 Release notes for the v1.28 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.28.15-r30

+

v1.28.15-r52

+

v1.28.15

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.28.15-r30

v1.28.15

Table 7 Release notes for the v1.27 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - - + + + + + + @@ -508,13 +585,13 @@

Version 1.25

In CCE clusters of v1.25, containerd is the default runtime for nodes, except for nodes running EulerOS 2.5. In addition, clusters of v1.25 or later no longer support EulerOS 2.5.

-
Table 7 Release notes for the v1.27 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

v1.27.16-r40

+

v1.27.16-r62

+

v1.27.16

+

-

+

-

+

Fixed runC container escape vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-31133, CVE-2025-52565, and CVE-2025-52881).

+

v1.27.16-r40

v1.27.16

Table 8 Release notes for the v1.25 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - @@ -658,13 +735,13 @@

Version 1.23

-
Table 8 Release notes for the v1.25 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

Table 9 Release notes for the v1.23 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - @@ -809,13 +886,13 @@

Version 1.21

-
Table 9 Release notes for the v1.23 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

Table 10 Release notes for the v1.21 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - @@ -926,13 +1003,13 @@

Version 1.19

-
Table 10 Release notes for the v1.21 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

Table 11 Release notes for the v1.19 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

+
- - - diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0406.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0406.html index 7de4b05ae..7284bf29a 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0406.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0406.html @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

Installing the Add-on

The Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring add-on automatically selects a deployment mode based on Data Storage Configuration. This is supported by Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring 3.7.1 or later.

  • Original agent mode: Disable Local Data Storage and enable at least one of Report Monitoring Data to AOM and Report Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Platform.
-
  • Original server mode: Enable Local data storage and Report Monitoring Data to AOM or Report Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Platform.
+
  • Original server mode: Enable Local Data Storage and Report Monitoring Data to AOM or Report Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Platform.
  1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
  2. In the navigation pane, choose Add-ons. Locate Cloud Native Cluster Monitoring on the right and click Install.
  3. On the Install Add-on page, enable at least one item in the Data Storage Configuration area.

    • Report Monitoring Data to AOM: Report Prometheus data to AOM. After this function is enabled, you can select the corresponding AOM instance. The collected basic metrics are free of charge. Custom metrics are charged by AOM. To interconnect with AOM, you must have certain permissions. Only users in the admin user group can perform this operation.
    • Reporting Monitoring Data to a Third-Party Monitoring Platform: To report Prometheus data to a third-party monitoring system, you need to enter the address and token of the third-party monitoring system and determine whether to skip certificate authentication.
    • Local Data Storage: Select the type and size of a disk for storing monitoring data to store Prometheus data in PVCs in the cluster. Storage volumes are not deleted along with the add-on. If Local Data Storage is enabled, all components will be deployed. For details, see Components.

      An available PVC named pvc-prometheus-server-0 exists in namespace monitoring and will be used as the storage source.

      diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0601.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0601.html index 038de171b..e07e83f7b 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0601.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0601.html @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@

      As of Kubernetes v1.24, dockershim has been deprecated. To maintain compatibility and ensure continued support for future Kubernetes releases, switch your node's container runtime from Docker to the officially endorsed containerd.

      Prerequisites

      -

      Precautions

      • Theoretically, container runtime migration will interrupt services for a short period of time. You should have deployed the services on multiple instances for high availability. In addition, you are advised to test the migration impact in the test environment to minimize potential risks.
      • containerd cannot build images. Do not use the docker build command to build images on containerd nodes. For other differences between Docker and containerd, see Container Engines.
      +

      Precautions

      • Theoretically, container runtime migration will interrupt services for a short period of time. You should have deployed the services on multiple instances for high availability. In addition, you are advised to test the migration impact in the testing environment to minimize potential risks.
      • containerd cannot build images. Do not use the docker build command to build images on containerd nodes. For other differences between Docker and containerd, see Container Engines.
      -

      Procedure for Migrating Nodes in the Default Node Pool

      1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
      2. In the navigation pane, choose Nodes. On the displayed page, click the Nodes tab.
      3. In the node list, select one or more nodes to be reset and choose More > Reset Node.
      4. Set Container Engine to containerd. You can adjust other parameters as required or retain them as set during creation.

        -

      5. If the node status is Installing, the node is being reset.

        When the node status is Running, you can see that the node runtime is switched to containerd. You can log in to the node and run containerd commands such as crictl to view information about the containers running on the node.

        +

        Procedure for Migrating Nodes in the Default Node Pool

        1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
        2. In the navigation pane, choose Nodes. On the displayed page, click the Nodes tab.
        3. In the node list, select one or more nodes to be reset and choose More > Reset Node in the Operation column.
        4. Set Container Engine to containerd. You can adjust other parameters as required or retain them as set during creation.

          +

        5. If the node status is Installing, the node is being reset.

          When the node status is Running, you can see that the node runtime is switched to containerd. You can log in to the node and run containerd commands such as crictl to view information about the containers running on the node.

        Procedure for Migrating Nodes in a Custom Node Pool

        You can copy a node pool, set the container engine of the new node pool to containerd, and keep other configurations the same as those of the original Docker node pool.

        -
        1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
        2. In the navigation pane, choose Nodes. On the Node Pools tab, locate the Docker node pool to be copied and choose More > Copy.

          -

        3. In the Node Configuration area, set Container Engine to containerd and modify other parameter settings as needed to create the node pool.

          -

        4. Scale the number of created containerd node pool to the number of original Docker node pool and delete nodes from the Docker node pool one by one.

          Rolling migration is preferred. That is, add some containerd nodes and then delete some Docker nodes until the number of nodes in the new containerd node pool is the same as that in the original Docker node pool.

          +
          1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
          2. In the navigation pane, choose Nodes. On the Node Pools tab, locate the Docker node pool to be copied and choose More > Copy.

            +

          3. In the Node Configuration area, set Container Engine to containerd and modify other parameter settings as needed to create the node pool.

            +

          4. Scale the created containerd node pool as large as the original Docker node pool and delete nodes from the Docker node pool one by one.

            Rolling migration is preferred. That is, add some containerd nodes and then delete some Docker nodes until the number of nodes in the new containerd node pool is the same as that in the original Docker node pool.

            If you have configured node affinity for the workloads deployed on the original Docker nodes or node pool, configure affinity policies for the workloads to run on the new containerd nodes or node pool.

          5. Delete the original Docker node pool.
          diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0617.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0617.html index f075cae23..e97e1215a 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0617.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0617.html @@ -5,32 +5,44 @@

          Expandable to petabytes, SFS provides fully hosted shared file storage, highly available and stable to handle data- and bandwidth-intensive applications

          • Standard file protocols: You can mount file systems as volumes to servers, the same as using local directories.
          • Data sharing: The same file system can be mounted to multiple servers, so that data can be shared.
          • Private network: Users can access data only in private networks of data centers.
          • Capacity and performance: The capacity of a single file system is high (PB level) and the performance is excellent (ms-level I/O latency).
          • Use cases: Deployments/StatefulSets in the ReadWriteMany mode and jobs created for high-performance computing (HPC), media processing, content management, web services, big data analysis, and workload process analysis
        -

        Performance

        CCE supports SFS Capacity-Oriented. For more details, see File System Types.

        +

        Performance

        CCE supports SFS Capacity-Oriented and general-purpose file systems (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented). For more details, see File System Types.
        • If SFS Capacity-Oriented is used, you can still create PVs through kubectl even if the file system is sold out and cannot be created directly via the CCE console. No new SFS Capacity-Oriented file systems can be created via the console anymore.
        • General purpose file systems (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) are currently being rolled out across different regions. Their availability may vary depending on the region. If you encounter any issues, contact SFS customer support or wait for further updates. If the region where your application is located already has SFS 3.0 available, use it for new applications and migrate existing SFS Capacity-Oriented file systems to SFS 3.0 as soon as possible to prevent any service disruptions caused by insufficient capacity.
        +
        +
        -
Table 11 Release notes for the v1.19 patch

CCE Cluster Patch Version

Kubernetes Version

+

Kubernetes Version

Feature Updates

+

Feature Updates

Optimization

+

Optimization

Vulnerability Fixing

Table 1 Performance

Parameter

+
- + - - + - - + - - + - - + diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0619.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0619.html index 1ee6b1f36..86c080873 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0619.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0619.html @@ -2,10 +2,10 @@

Using an Existing SFS File System Through a Static PV

SFS is a type of network-attached storage (NAS) that provides shared, scalable, and high-performance file storage. It applies to large-capacity expansion and cost-sensitive services. This section describes how to use an existing SFS file system to statically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.

-

Prerequisites

+

Prerequisites

  • You have created a cluster and installed the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on in the cluster.
  • To create a cluster using commands, ensure kubectl is used. For details, see Accessing a Cluster Using kubectl.
  • You have created an SFS file system that is in the same VPC as the cluster.
  • Before using a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) for storage, ensure a VPC endpoint has been created in the VPC where the cluster is located for the cluster to access the file system. For details, see Configuring a VPC Endpoint.
-

Constraints

  • Multiple PVs can use the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system with the following restrictions:
    • If a pod mounts an SFS or SFS Turbo volume used by multiple PVCs/PVs, and the PVs have identical volumeHandle values, the pod may fail to start. To avoid this issue, do not mount the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system to the same pod.
    • The persistentVolumeReclaimPolicy parameter in the PVs must be set to Retain. Otherwise, when a PV is deleted, the associated underlying volume may be deleted. In this case, other PVs associated with the underlying volume malfunction.
    • When the underlying volume is repeatedly used, enable isolation and protection for ReadWriteMany at the application layer to prevent data overwriting and loss.
    -
+

Notes and Constraints

  • Multiple PVs can use the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system with the following restrictions:
    • If a pod mounts an SFS or SFS Turbo volume used by multiple PVCs/PVs, and the PVs have identical volumeHandle values, the pod may fail to start. To avoid this issue, do not mount the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system to the same pod.
    • The persistentVolumeReclaimPolicy parameter in the PVs must be set to Retain. Otherwise, when a PV is deleted, the associated underlying volume may be deleted. In this case, other PVs associated with the underlying volume malfunction.
    • When the underlying volume is repeatedly used, enable isolation and protection for ReadWriteMany at the application layer to prevent data overwriting and loss.
    +
  • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, Everest v2.0.9 or later must be installed in the cluster.
  • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, the owner group and permission of the mount point cannot be modified. The default owner of the mount point is user root.
  • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, there may be latency during the creation or deletion of PVCs and PVs. The billing duration is determined by the time when the resource is created or deleted on the SFS console.

Using an Existing SFS File System on the Console

  1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
  2. Statically create a PVC and PV.

    1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs tab. Click Create PVC in the upper right corner. In the dialog box displayed, configure PVC parameters.
Table 1 Performance

Parameter

SFS Capacity-Oriented

+

SFS Capacity-Oriented

+

General Purpose File System (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented)

Maximum bandwidth

+

Maximum bandwidth

2 GB/s

+

2 GB/s

+

1.25 TB/s

Maximum IOPS

+

Maximum IOPS

2000

+

2000

+

Million

Latency

+

Latency

3–20 ms

+

3–20 ms

+

10 ms

Maximum capacity

+

Maximum capacity

4 PB

+

4 PB

+

EB

-

Parameter

@@ -39,6 +39,8 @@

SFSb

Click Select SFS. On the displayed page, select the SFS file system that meets your requirements and click OK.

+
NOTE:

Only general purpose file systems (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) are supported.

+

PV Nameb

@@ -111,16 +113,16 @@

-

Using an Existing SFS Capacity-Oriented File System Through kubectl

  1. Use kubectl to access the cluster.
  2. Create a PV.

    1. Create the pv-sfs.yaml file.
      Example:
      apiVersion: v1
      +

      Using an Existing SFS Capacity-Oriented File System Through kubectl

      1. Use kubectl to access the cluster.
      2. Create a PV.

        1. Create the pv-sfs.yaml file.
          Example:
          apiVersion: v1
           kind: PersistentVolume
           metadata:
             annotations:
               pv.kubernetes.io/provisioned-by: everest-csi-provisioner
               everest.io/reclaim-policy: retain-volume-only      # (Optional) The underlying volume is retained when the PV is deleted.
          -  name: pv-sfs    # PV name
          +  name: pv-sfs    # PV name
           spec:
             accessModes:
          -  - ReadWriteMany      # Access mode. The value must be ReadWriteMany for SFS.
          +  - ReadWriteMany      # Access mode. The value must be ReadWriteMany for SFS.
             capacity:
               storage: 1Gi       # Storage capacity. This parameter is only for verification. It must not be empty or 0, but the specified size will not take effect.
             csi:
          @@ -128,7 +130,7 @@ spec:
               fsType: nfs
               volumeHandle: <your_volume_id>   # SFS Capacity-Oriented volume ID
               volumeAttributes:
          -      everest.io/share-export-location: <your_location>  # Shared path of the SFS volume
          +      everest.io/share-export-location: <your_location>  # Shared path of the SFS volume
                 storage.kubernetes.io/csiProvisionerIdentity: everest-csi-provisioner
             persistentVolumeReclaimPolicy: Retain    # Reclaim policy
             storageClassName: csi-nas               # StorageClass name. csi-nas indicates that SFS Capacity-Oriented is used.
          @@ -147,8 +149,8 @@ spec:
           

No

Only retain-volume-only is supported.

-

This parameter is valid only when the Everest version is 1.2.9 or later and the reclaim policy is Delete. If the reclaim policy is Delete and the current value is retain-volume-only, the associated PV is deleted while the underlying storage volume is retained, when a PVC is deleted.

+

Only retain-volume-only is supported.

+

This parameter is valid only when the Everest version is 1.2.9 or later and the reclaim policy is Delete. If the reclaim policy is Delete and the current value is retain-volume-only, the associated PV is deleted while the underlying storage volume is retained, when a PVC is deleted.

volumeHandle

@@ -185,9 +187,9 @@ spec:

Yes

A reclaim policy is supported when the cluster version is or later than 1.19.10 and the Everest version is or later than 1.2.9.

-

The Delete and Retain reclaim policies are supported. For details, see PV Reclaim Policy. If multiple PVs use the same SFS volume, use Retain to prevent the underlying volume from being deleted with a PV.

-

Retain: When a PVC is deleted, the PV and the associated underlying storage resources are retained. The PV changes to the Released state and cannot be bound to another PVC. If you want to continue using the underlying storage resources, delete the PV first. Then, create a new PV and PVC and associate them with the underlying storage resources.

-

Delete: When a PVC is deleted, its associated underlying storage resources are deleted and the PV resources are removed. Exercise caution if you select this option.

+

The Delete and Retain reclaim policies are supported. For details, see PV Reclaim Policy. If multiple PVs use the same SFS volume, use Retain to prevent the underlying volume from being deleted with a PV.

+

Retain: When a PVC is deleted, the PV and the associated underlying storage resources are retained. The PV changes to the Released state and cannot be bound to another PVC. If you want to continue using the underlying storage resources, delete the PV first. Then, create a new PV and PVC and associate them with the underlying storage resources.

+

Delete: When a PVC is deleted, its associated underlying storage resources are deleted and the PV resources are removed. Exercise caution if you select this option.

storage

@@ -209,7 +211,7 @@ spec:
  • Run the following command to create a PV:
    kubectl apply -f pv-sfs.yaml
  • -

  • Create a PVC.

    1. Create the pvc-sfs.yaml file.
      apiVersion: v1
      +

    2. Create a PVC.

      1. Create the pvc-sfs.yaml file.
        apiVersion: v1
         kind: PersistentVolumeClaim
         metadata:
           name: pvc-sfs
        @@ -218,7 +220,7 @@ metadata:
             volume.beta.kubernetes.io/storage-provisioner: everest-csi-provisioner
         spec:
           accessModes:
        -  - ReadWriteMany               # The value must be ReadWriteMany for SFS.
        +  - ReadWriteMany               # The value must be ReadWriteMany for SFS.
           resources:
             requests:
               storage: 1Gi               # SFS volume capacity
        @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ spec:
         
         
      2. Run the following command to create a PVC:
        kubectl apply -f pvc-sfs.yaml
      -

    3. Create an application.

      1. Create a file named web-demo.yaml. In this example, the SFS volume is mounted to the /data path.
        apiVersion: apps/v1
        +

      2. Create an application.

        1. Create a file named web-demo.yaml. In this example, the SFS volume is mounted to the /data path.
          apiVersion: apps/v1
           kind: Deployment
           metadata:
             name: web-demo
          @@ -279,14 +281,14 @@ spec:
                 - name: container-1
                   image: nginx:latest
                   volumeMounts:
          -        - name: pvc-sfs-volume    # Volume name, which must be the same as the volume name in the volumes field
          +        - name: pvc-sfs-volume    # Volume name, which must be the same as the volume name in the volumes field
                     mountPath: /data  # Location where the storage volume is mounted
                 imagePullSecrets:
                   - name: default-secret
                 volumes:
                   - name: pvc-sfs-volume    # Volume name, which can be customized
                     persistentVolumeClaim:
          -            claimName: pvc-sfs    # Name of the created PVC
          + claimName: pvc-sfs # Name of the created PVC
        2. Run the following command to create a workload to which the SFS volume is mounted:
          kubectl apply -f web-demo.yaml

          After the workload is created, the data in the container mount directory will be persistently stored. Verify the storage by referring to Verifying Data Persistence and Sharing.

        diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0620.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0620.html index ee7acdaff..85f5831e2 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0620.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0620.html @@ -2,47 +2,49 @@

        Using an SFS File System Through a Dynamic PV

        This section describes how to use StorageClasses to dynamically create PVs and PVCs for data persistence and sharing in workloads.

        -

        Prerequisites

        +

        Prerequisites

        • You have created a cluster and installed the CCE Container Storage (Everest) add-on in the cluster.
        • To create a cluster using commands, ensure kubectl is used. For details, see Accessing a Cluster Using kubectl.
        • Before using a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) for storage, ensure a VPC endpoint has been created in the VPC where the cluster is located for the cluster to access the file system. For details, see Configure a VPC Endpoint.
        +
        +

        Notes and Constraints

        • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, CCE Container Storage (Everest) of v2.0.9 or later must be installed in the cluster.
        • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, the owner group and permission of the mount point cannot be modified. The default owner of the mount point is user root.
        • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, there may be a latency during the creation or deletion of PVCs and PVs. The billing duration is determined by the time when the resource is created or deleted on the SFS console.

        Dynamically Creating an SFS file system Using the Console

        1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
        2. Dynamically create a PVC and PV.

          1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs tab. Click Create PVC in the upper right corner. In the dialog box displayed, configure PVC parameters. -

            Parameter

            +
            - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -51,33 +53,33 @@
          2. Click Create to create a PVC and a PV.

            You can choose Storage in the navigation pane and view the created PVC and PV on the PVCs and PVs tabs, respectively.

          3. Create an application.

            1. Choose Workloads in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the Deployments tab.
            2. Click Create Workload in the upper right corner. On the displayed page, click Data Storage in the Container Information area under Container Settings and choose Add Volume > PVC.
              Mount and use storage volumes. For details about the parameters, see Table 1. For other parameters, see Workloads. -
          4. Parameter

            Description

            +

            Description

            PVC Type

            +

            PVC Type

            In this example, select SFS.

            +

            In this example, select SFS.

            PVC Name

            +

            PVC Name

            Enter the PVC name, which must be unique in a namespace.

            +

            Enter the PVC name, which must be unique in a namespace.

            Creation Method

            +

            Creation Method

            • If no underlying storage is available, select Dynamically provision to create a PVC, PV, and underlying storage on the console in cascading mode.
            • If underlying storage is available, create a PV or use an existing PV to statically create a PVC. For details, see Using an Existing SFS File System Through a Static PV.
            +
            • If no underlying storage is available, select Dynamically provision to create a PVC, PV, and underlying storage on the console in cascading mode.
            • If underlying storage is available, create a PV or use an existing PV to statically create a PVC. For details, see Using an Existing SFS File System Through a Static PV.

            In this example, select Dynamically provision.

            Storage Classes

            +

            Storage Classes

            The default StorageClass of SFS volumes is csi-nas.

            +

            The default StorageClass of SFS volumes is csi-nas.

            You can customize a StorageClass and configure its reclaim policy and binding mode. For details, see Creating a StorageClass Through the Console.

            (Optional) Storage Volume Name Prefix

            +

            (Optional) Storage Volume Name Prefix

            Available only when the cluster version is v1.23.14-r0, v1.25.9-r0, v1.27.6-r0, v1.28.4-r0, or later, and Everest v2.4.15 or later is installed in the cluster.

            +

            Available only when the cluster version is v1.23.14-r0, v1.25.9-r0, v1.27.6-r0, v1.28.4-r0, or later, and Everest v2.4.15 or later is installed in the cluster.

            This parameter specifies the name of the underlying storage that is automatically created. The actual underlying storage name is in the format of "Storage volume name prefix + PVC UID". If this parameter is left blank, the default prefix pvc will be used.

            For example, if the storage volume name prefix is set to test, the actual underlying storage name is test-{UID}.

            Access Mode

            +

            Access Mode

            SFS volumes support only ReadWriteMany, indicating that a storage volume can be mounted to multiple nodes in read/write mode. For details, see Volume Access Modes.

            +

            SFS volumes support only ReadWriteMany, indicating that a storage volume can be mounted to multiple nodes in read/write mode. For details, see Volume Access Modes.

            Table 1 Mounting a storage volume

            Parameter

            +
            - - - - - - - - - @@ -106,54 +108,54 @@ spec: resources: requests: storage: 1Gi # SFS volume capacity - storageClassName: csi-nas # The StorageClass is SFS. + storageClassName: csi-nas # The StorageClass is SFS. csi-sfs indicates that a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used. -
            Table 1 Mounting a storage volume

            Parameter

            Description

            +

            Description

            PVC

            +

            PVC

            Select an existing SFS volume.

            +

            Select an existing SFS volume.

            Mount Path

            +

            Mount Path

            Enter a mount path, for example, /tmp.

            +

            Enter a mount path, for example, /tmp.

            This parameter specifies a container path to which a data volume will be mounted. Do not mount the volume to a system directory such as / or /var/run. This may lead to container errors. Mount the volume to an empty directory. If the directory is not empty, ensure that there are no files that affect container startup. Otherwise, the files will be replaced, leading to container startup failures or workload creation failures.
            NOTICE:

            If a volume is mounted to a high-risk directory, use an account with minimum permissions to start the container. Otherwise, high-risk files on the host may be damaged.

            Subpath

            +

            Subpath

            Enter the subpath of the storage volume and mount a path in the storage volume to the container. In this way, different folders of the same storage volume can be used in a single pod. tmp, for example, indicates that data in the mount path of the container is stored in the tmp folder of the storage volume. If this parameter is left blank, the root path will be used by default.

            +

            Enter the subpath of the storage volume and mount a path in the storage volume to the container. In this way, different folders of the same storage volume can be used in a single pod. tmp, for example, indicates that data in the mount path of the container is stored in the tmp folder of the storage volume. If this parameter is left blank, the root path will be used by default.

            Permission

            +

            Permission

            • Read-only: You can only read the data in the mounted volumes.
            • Read-write: You can modify the data volumes mounted to the path. Newly written data will not be migrated if the container is migrated, which may cause data loss.
            +
            • Read-only: You can only read the data in the mounted volumes.
            • Read-write: You can modify the data volumes mounted to the path. Newly written data will not be migrated if the container is migrated, which may cause data loss.
            Table 2 Key parameters

            Parameter

            +
            - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
            Table 2 Key parameters

            Parameter

            Mandatory

            +

            Mandatory

            Description

            +

            Description

            storage

            +

            storage

            Yes

            +

            Yes

            Requested capacity in the PVC, in Gi.

            +

            Requested capacity in the PVC, in Gi.

            For SFS, this parameter is only for verification. It must not be empty or 0, and its value is fixed at 1. Any value you set will not take effect.

            everest.io/crypt-key-id

            +

            everest.io/crypt-key-id

            No

            +

            No

            If the StorageClass is csi-nas, you can determine whether to encrypt the underlying storage.

            +

            If the StorageClass is csi-nas, you can determine whether to encrypt the underlying storage.

            This parameter is mandatory when an SFS system is encrypted. Enter the encryption key ID selected during SFS system creation. You can use a custom key or the default key named sfs/default.

            To obtain a key ID, log in to the DEW console, locate the key to be encrypted, and copy the key ID.

            everest.io/crypt-alias

            +

            everest.io/crypt-alias

            No

            +

            No

            Key name, which is mandatory when you create an encrypted volume.

            +

            Key name, which is mandatory when you create an encrypted volume.

            To obtain a key name, log in to the DEW console, locate the key to be encrypted, and copy the key name.

            everest.io/crypt-domain-id

            +

            everest.io/crypt-domain-id

            No

            +

            No

            ID of the tenant to which the encrypted volume belongs. This parameter is mandatory for creating an encrypted volume.

            +

            ID of the tenant to which the encrypted volume belongs. This parameter is mandatory for creating an encrypted volume.

            To obtain a tenant ID, hover the cursor over the username in the upper right corner of the ECS console, choose My Credentials, and copy the account ID.

            everest.io/csi.volume-name-prefix

            +

            everest.io/csi.volume-name-prefix

            No

            +

            No

            (Optional) This parameter is available only when the cluster version is v1.23.14-r0, v1.25.9-r0, v1.27.6-r0, v1.28.4-r0, or later, and Everest v2.4.15 or later is installed in the cluster.

            +

            (Optional) This parameter is available only when the cluster version is v1.23.14-r0, v1.25.9-r0, v1.27.6-r0, v1.28.4-r0, or later, and Everest v2.4.15 or later is installed in the cluster.

            This parameter specifies the name of the underlying storage that is automatically created. The actual underlying storage name is in the format of "Storage volume name prefix + PVC UID". If this parameter is left blank, the default prefix pvc will be used.

            Enter 1 to 26 characters that cannot start or end with a hyphen (-). Only lowercase letters, digits, and hyphens (-) are allowed.

            For example, if the storage volume name prefix is set to test, the actual underlying storage name is test-{UID}.

            @@ -240,40 +242,40 @@ static

            Related Operations

            You can also perform the operations listed in Table 3. -
            Table 3 Related operations

            Operation

            +
            - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0626.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0626.html index 172740da3..38941d99f 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0626.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0626.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

            This section describes how to configure SFS Turbo mount options. For SFS Turbo, you can only set mount options in a PV and bind the PV by creating a PVC.

            Prerequisites

            The CCE Container Storage (Everest) version must be 1.2.8 or later. This add-on identifies the mount options and transfers them to the underlying storage resources. The parameter settings take effect only if the underlying storage resources support the specified options.

            -

            Constraints

            • Mount options cannot be configured for secure containers.
            • Due to the restrictions of the NFS protocol, if an SFS volume is mounted to a node for multiple times, link-related mounting parameters (such as timeo) take effect only when the SFS volume is mounted for the first time by default. For example, if the same SFS file system is mounted to multiple pods running on a node, the mounting parameter set later does not overwrite the existing parameter value. If you want to configure different mounting parameters in the preceding scenario, additionally configure the nosharecache parameter.
            +

            Notes and Constraints

            • Mount options cannot be configured for secure containers.
            • Due to the restrictions of the NFS protocol, if an SFS volume is mounted to a node for multiple times, link-related mounting parameters (such as timeo) take effect only when the SFS volume is mounted for the first time by default. For example, if the same SFS file system is mounted to multiple pods running on a node, the mounting parameter set later does not overwrite the existing parameter value. If you want to configure different mounting parameters in the preceding scenario, additionally configure the nosharecache parameter.

            SFS Turbo Mount Options

            The Everest add-on in CCE presets the options described in Table 1 for mounting SFS Turbo volumes.

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0651.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0651.html index 8ea853944..66fcbef40 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0651.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0651.html @@ -180,10 +180,10 @@ spec:
            - - - - - - - + + + + + + @@ -185,6 +202,23 @@ kubectl patch daemonset -nkube-system yangtse-cilium --type='json' -p="[{\"op\": + + + + + + - - - diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0312.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0312.html index 6bbd80fa3..0806edbb6 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0312.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0312.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

          5. Run the following command to modify the workload and replace the image field in the YAML file with the image path:

            kubectl edit deploy wordpress

          6. Check the running status of the workload.
          7. -

            Updating Services

            After the cluster is migrated, the Service of the source cluster may fail to take effect. You can perform the following operations to update the Service. If ingresses are configured in the source cluster, connect the new cluster to ELB again after the migration. For details, see Using kubectl to Create a LoadBalancer Ingress.

            +

            Updating Services

            After the cluster is migrated, the Service of the source cluster may fail to take effect. You can perform the following operations to update the Service. If ingresses are configured in the source cluster, connect the new cluster to ELB again after the migration. For details, see Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress Using kubectl.

            1. Connect to the cluster using kubectl.
            2. Edit the YAML file of the corresponding Service to change the Service type and port number.

              kubectl edit svc wordpress
              To update load balancer resources, connect to ELB again. Add the annotations by following the procedure in Creating a LoadBalancer Service.
              annotations: 
                 kubernetes.io/elb.class: union # Shared load balancer
              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0315.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0315.html
              index 8c555f470..9c9a1ad86 100644
              --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0315.html
              +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0315.html
              @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@
               
               
            -

            Step 3: Use a Workload Identity

            1. Create a service account, whose name must be the value of ServiceAccountName set in Step 2: Configure an Identity Provider.

              apiVersion: v1
              +

              Step 3: Use a Workload Identity

              1. Create a service account. The name must be the value of ServiceAccountName set in Step 2: Configure an Identity Provider.

                apiVersion: v1
                 kind: ServiceAccount
                 metadata:
                   name: oidc-token
                -

              2. Mount the identity provider to the workload and obtain the OIDC token file.

                An example is as follows:
                apiVersion: apps/v1
                +

              3. Mount the service account token to the workload and obtain the OIDC token file.

                An example is as follows:
                apiVersion: apps/v1
                 kind: Deployment
                 metadata:
                   name: nginx
                @@ -79,7 +81,7 @@ spec:
                       - name: container-1
                         image: nginx:latest
                         volumeMounts:
                -        - mountPath: "/var/run/secrets/tokens"     # Mount the service account token generated by Kubernetes to the /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token file.
                +        - mountPath: "/var/run/secrets/tokens"     # Mount the Kubernetes-generated service account token to /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token.
                           name: oidc-token
                       imagePullSecrets:
                       - name: default-secret
                @@ -91,18 +93,18 @@ spec:
                           sources:
                           - serviceAccountToken:
                               audience: client_id   # Must be the client ID of the identity provider.
                -              expirationSeconds: 7200       # Expiry period
                -              path: oidc-token              # Path name, which can be customized
                + expirationSeconds: 7200 # Expiration time + path: oidc-token # Path name. You can change it as needed.
            -

          8. After the creation is complete, log in to the container. The content of the /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token file is the service account token generated by Kubernetes.

            If the service account token is used for more than 24 hours or 80% of its expiry period, kubelet will automatically rotate the service account token.

            +

          9. After the creation is complete, log in to the container. The content of the /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token file is the service account token generated by Kubernetes.

            If the service account token is valid for more than 24 hours or 80% of its expiration time, kubelet will automatically rotate the service account token.

          10. Use the OIDC token to call the API for Obtaining a Token with an OpenID Connect ID Token. The X-Subject-Token field in the response header is the IAM token. Then, you can use this token to access cloud services.

            The following shows an example:

            curl -i --location --request POST 'https://{{iam endpoint}}/v3.0/OS-AUTH/id-token/tokens' \
              --header 'X-Idp-Id: workload_identity' \
              --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
              --data @token_body.json
            -

            Specifically:

            -
            • {{iam endpoint}} indicates the endpoint of IAM. For details, see Regions and Endpoints.
            • workload_identity is the identity provider name, which is the same as that configured in Step 2: Configure an Identity Provider.
            • token_body.json is a local file and its content is as follows:
               { 
              +

              Where:

              +
              • {{iam endpoint}} indicates the endpoint of IAM. For details, see Regions and Endpoints.
              • workload_identity is the identity provider name, which is the same as that configured in Step 2: Configure an Identity Provider.
              • token_body.json is a local file and its content is as follows:
                 { 
                    "auth" : { 
                      "id_token" : { 
                        "id" : "eyJhbGciOiJSU..."
                @@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ spec:
                      } 
                    } 
                  }
                -
                • $.auth.id_token.id: The value is the content of the /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token file in the container.
                • $.auth.scope.project.id: indicates the project ID. To obtain the value, see Obtaining a Project ID.
                • $.auth.scope.project.name: indicates the project name.
                +
                • $.auth.id_token.id: The value is the content of the /var/run/secrets/tokens/oidc-token file in the container.
                • $.auth.scope.project.id: indicates the project ID. To obtain the value, see Obtaining a Project ID.
                • $.auth.scope.project.name: indicates the project name.

          11. diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10046.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10046.html index 8db04ed08..9eed4b6c3 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10046.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10046.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -

            Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Runtime Security

            -

            Container technology uses Linux namespaces and cgroups to isolate and control resources between containers and nodes. Namespaces provide kernel-level isolation, allowing processes to be restricted from accessing specific sets of resources, such as file systems, networks, processes, and users. Cgroups are a Linux kernel feature that manages and limits the usage of resources, such as CPU, memory, disk, and network, to prevent a single process from consuming too many resources and negatively impacting the overall system performance.

            +

            Using Container Runtimes Securely in a CCE Cluster

            +

            Container technology uses Linux namespaces and cgroups to isolate and control resources between containers and nodes. Namespaces provide kernel-level isolation, allowing processes to be restricted from accessing specific sets of resources, such as file systems, networks, processes, and users. cgroups are a Linux kernel feature that manages and limits the usage of resources, such as CPU, memory, disk, and network, to prevent a single process from consuming too many resources and negatively impacting the overall system performance.

            While namespaces and cgroups isolate resources between containers and nodes in an environment, node resources are not visible to containers. However, this isolation does not provide true security isolation because containers share the kernels of their nodes. If a container exhibits malicious behavior or a kernel vulnerability is exploited by attackers, the container may breach resource isolation. This can result in the container escaping and potentially compromising the node and other containers on the node.

            To enhance runtime security, there are various mechanisms that can be used to detect and prevent malicious activities in containers. These mechanisms, such as capabilities, seccomp, AppArmor, and SELinux, can be integrated into Kubernetes. By using these mechanisms, container security can be improved and potential threats can be minimized.

            Capabilities

            Capabilities are a permission mechanism that enables a process to perform certain system operations without requiring full root permissions. This mechanism divides root permissions into smaller, independent permissions known as capabilities. By doing so, the process only obtains the minimum permission set necessary to complete its tasks. This approach enhances system security and helps mitigate potential security risks.

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10047.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10047.html index e86902629..b367aa7c9 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10047.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_10047.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -

            Configuration Suggestions on CCE Container Image Security

            +

            Using Images Securely in a CCE Cluster

            Container images are the primary defense against external attacks and are crucial for securing applications, systems, and the entire supply chain. If an image is insecure, it can become a vulnerability for attackers to exploit. This can lead to the container escaping to its node, allowing attackers to access sensitive data on the node or use it as a launching pad to gain control over the entire cluster or tenant account. This section describes some recommended configurations to mitigate such risks.

            -

            Minimizing a Container Image

            To improve container image security, it is recommended that you remove any unnecessary binary files. When using an unknown image from Docker Hub, you are advised to review the image content with a tool like Dive. Dive provides layer-by-layer details of an image, helping to identify potential security risks. For details, see Dive.

            -

            For improved security, it is recommended that you delete binary files with setuid and setgid permissions, because these can be exploited to elevate permissions. It is also wise to remove shell tools and applications that could be used maliciously, like nc and curl. To locate files with setuid and setgid bits, use the following command:

            +

            Minimizing a Container Image

            To improve container image security, remove any unnecessary binary files. When using an unknown image from Docker Hub, you are advised to review the image with a tool like Dive. Dive provides layer-by-layer details of an image, helping to identify potential security risks. For details, see Dive.

            +

            For improved security, it is advised to remove binary files with setuid and setgid permissions because they can be exploited to elevate permissions. It is also wise to remove shell tools and applications that could be used maliciously, like nc and curl. To locate files with setuid and setgid bits, use the following command:

            find / -perm /6000 -type f -exec ls -ld {} \;

            To remove special permissions from the obtained files, add the following command to your container image:

            RUN find / -xdev -perm /6000 -type f -exec chmod a-s {} \; || true
            -

            Using Multi-Stage Builds

            Multi-stage builds are a great way to create container images efficiently, especially in the CI process. With multi-stage builds, you can perform lint checks on source code or static code analysis during the build process, providing quick feedback to developers. There is no need to wait for the entire build to finish.

            -

            Multi-stage builds offer significant security advantages by allowing developers to include only necessary components in container images, excluding build tools and other unnecessary binary files. This approach reduces the attack surface of images and improves overall security.

            -

            For more information about the concepts, best practices, and advantages of multi-stage builds, see the Docker documentation. This will help you create streamlined and secure container images while optimizing development and deployment processes.

            +

            Using Multi-Stage Builds

            Multi-stage builds are a great way to create container images efficiently, especially in the CI process. With multi-stage builds, you can perform lint checks on source code or analyze static code during the builds, providing quick feedback to developers. There is no need to wait for the entire build to finish.

            +

            Multi-stage builds offer significant security advantages by allowing developers to include only necessary components in container images that will be pushed to container registries, excluding build tools and other unnecessary binary files. This approach reduces the attack surface of images and improves overall security.

            +

            For details about the concepts, best practices, and advantages of multi-stage builds, see the Docker documentation. This will help you create streamlined, secure container images while optimizing development and deployment processes.

            Using SWR

            SWR provides easy, secure, reliable management of container images throughout their lifecycles, featuring image push, pull, and deletion.

            SWR stands out for its precise permissions management, allowing administrators to customize access permissions for different users with read, edit, and manage levels. This ensures image security and compliance, meeting the needs of team collaboration.

            -

            Additionally, SWR offers automatic deployment capabilities. You can set a trigger to automatically deploy updated image versions. When a new image version is released, SWR automatically triggers the application that uses the image in CCE to update it, streamlining CI/CD.

            -

            To further enhance SWR's security and flexibility, fine-grained permissions control can be added to IAM users.

            +

            Additionally, SWR offers automatic deployment capabilities. Triggers help you automatically update applications that were created from images with updated tags. After a new image tag is released, SWR automatically triggers the update of the application that was created from the image on CCE, streamlining CI/CD.

            +

            To further enhance SWR's security and flexibility, precisely control the IAM user permissions.

            Scanning an Image Using SWR

            With SWR, you can easily scan and secure your images with just a few clicks. Image scanning provides a thorough security check for your private images in repositories. It detects potential vulnerabilities and offers rectification suggestions.

            -

            Using an Image Signature and Configuring a Signature Verification Policy

            Image signature verification is a security measure that confirms whether a container image has been tampered with after its creation. The image creator can sign the image content, and a user can verify the image's integrity and source by checking the signature.

            +

            Using an Image Signature and Configuring a Signature Verification Policy

            Image signature verification is a security measure that confirms whether a container image has been tampered with after its creation. The image creator can sign the image content, and users can verify the image's integrity and source by checking the signature.

            This verification is crucial in maintaining container image security. By using image signature verification, organizations can guarantee the security and reliability of their containerized applications and safeguard them from potential security risks.

            -

            Adding the USER Instruction to a Dockerfile to Run Commands as a Non-root User

            Properly configuring user permissions during container build and deployment can greatly enhance container security. This not only helps prevent potential malicious activities, but also aligns with the principle of least privilege (PoLP).

            -

            By setting the USER instruction in Dockerfiles, subsequent commands are executed as non-root users, which is a standard security practice.

            -
            • Limited permissions: Running a container as a non-root user can also mitigate potential security risks, because attackers cannot gain full control over the node even if the container is attacked.
            • Restricted access: Non-root users typically have limited permissions, which restrict their access to and operation capabilities on node resources.
            -

            In addition to Dockerfiles, the securityContext field in podSpec of Kubernetes can be used to configure user and group IDs and enforce security policies during container deployment.

            +

            Adding the USER Instruction to a Dockerfile and Running Commands as a Non-root User

            Configuring proper user permissions during container build and deployment can greatly enhance container security. This not only helps prevent potential malicious activities, but also aligns with the PoLP.

            +

            By setting the USER instruction in Dockerfiles, subsequent commands can be executed as non-root users, which is a standard security practice.

            +
            • Limited permissions: Running a container as a non-root user can mitigate potential security risks because attackers cannot gain full control over the node even if the container is attacked.
            • Restricted access: Non-root users typically have limited permissions, which restrict their access to and operations on node resources.
            +

            In addition to Dockerfiles, you can use the securityContext field in podSpec of Kubernetes to configure user and group IDs and enforce security policies during container deployment.

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0059.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0059.html index e5b5e2688..16bdc9a90 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0059.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0059.html @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
          12. VolumeManager reconstruction goes to beta.

            After the VolumeManager is reconstructed, if the NewVolumeManagerReconstruction feature gate is enabled, mounted volumes will be obtained more effectively during kubelet startup.

          13. Server side field validation and OpenAPI V3 are stable.

            OpenAPI V3 was added to Kubernetes 1.23. In Kubernetes 1.24, it moved to beta. In Kubernetes 1.27, it is stable.

          14. StatefulSet start ordinals move to beta.

            Kubernetes 1.26 introduced a new, alpha-level feature for StatefulSets to control the ordinal numbering of pod replicas. Since Kubernetes 1.27, this feature moves to beta. The ordinals can start from arbitrary non-negative numbers. For details, see Kubernetes 1.27: StatefulSet Start Ordinal Simplifies Migration.

            -
          15. ContainerResource metric in HorizontalPodAutoscaler moves to beta.

            Kubernetes 1.20 introduced the ContainerResource metric in HorizontalPodAutoscaler (HPA). In Kubernetes 1.27, this feature moves to beta, and the HPAContainerMetrics feature gate is enabled by default.

            +
          16. ContainerResource metric in HorizontalPodAutoscaler moves to beta.

            Kubernetes 1.20 introduced container resource metrics in Horizontal Pod Autoscalers (HPAs). In Kubernetes 1.27, this feature moves to beta, and the HPAContainerMetrics feature gate is enabled by default.

          17. StatefulSet PVC auto deletion moves to beta.

            Kubernetes 1.27 provides a new policy to control the lifecycle of PVCs of StatefulSets. This policy allows users to specify whether the PVCs generated from the StatefulSet spec template should be automatically deleted or retained when the StatefulSet is deleted or replicas in the StatefulSet are scaled down. For details, see PersistentVolumeClaim retention.

          18. Volume group snapshots are introduced.

            Volume group snapshots are introduced as an alpha feature in Kubernetes 1.27. This feature allows users to create snapshots for multiple volumes to ensure data consistency when a fault occurs. It uses a label selector to group multiple PVCs for snapshots. This feature only supports CSI volume drivers. For details, see Kubernetes 1.27: Introducing an API for Volume Group Snapshots.

          19. kubectl apply pruning is more secure and efficient.

            In Kubernetes 1.5, the --prune flag was introduced in kubectl apply to delete resources that are no longer needed. This allowed kubectl apply to automatically clear resources removed from the current configuration. However, the existing implementation of --prune has design defects that degrade its performance and lead to unexpected behaviors. In Kubernetes 1.27, kubectl apply provides ApplySet-based pruning, which is in the alpha phase. For details, see Declarative Management of Kubernetes Objects Using Configuration Files.

            @@ -32,17 +32,17 @@
          20. Alpha API for dynamic resource allocation is added.

            In Kubernetes 1.26, Dynamic Resource Allocation is added to request and share resources between pods and between containers in a pod. Resources are initialized based on parameters provided by the user. This function is still in the alpha phase. You need to enable the DynamicResourceAllocation feature gate and the resource.k8s.io/v1alpha1 API group. You need to install drivers for specific resources to be managed. For details, see Kubernetes 1.26: Alpha API for Dynamic Resource Allocation.

          21. The non-graceful node shutdown feature goes to beta.

            In Kubernetes 1.26, the non-graceful node shutdown feature goes to beta and is enabled by default. A node shutdown can be graceful only if the kubelet's node shutdown manager can detect the upcoming node shutdown action. For details, see Non-graceful node shutdown handling.

          22. Passing pod fsGroup to CSI drivers during mounting is supported.

            In Kubernetes 1.22, delegation of fsGroup to CSI drivers was first introduced as an alpha feature. In Kubernetes 1.25, it moved to beta. In Kubernetes 1.26, this feature enters the official release phase. For details, see Delegating volume permission and ownership change to CSI driver.

            -
          23. Pod scheduling readiness is introduced.

            Kubernetes 1.26 introduces a new feature schedulingGates, which enables the scheduler to detect when pod scheduling can be performed. For details, see Pod Scheduling Readiness.

            +
          24. Pod scheduling readiness is introduced.

            Kubernetes 1.26 introduces a new feature schedulingGates, which enables the scheduler to be aware of when pod scheduling can be performed. For details, see Pod Scheduling Readiness.

          25. CPU manager is officially released.

            The CPU manager is a part of kubelet. Since Kubernetes 1.10, it has moved to beta. The CPU manager can allocate exclusive CPUs to containers. This feature is stable in Kubernetes 1.26. For details, see Control CPU Management Policies on the Node.

          26. Kubernetes traffic engineering is advanced.

            Internal node-local traffic optimization and EndpointSlice conditions are upgraded to the official release version. ProxyTerminatingEndpoints moves to beta.

          27. Cross-namespace volume data sources are supported.

            This feature allows you to specify a data source that belongs to different namespaces for a PVC. This feature is in the alpha phase. For details, see Cross namespace data sources.

          28. Retroactive default StorageClass assignment moves to beta.

            In Kubernetes 1.25, an alpha feature was introduced to change the way a default StorageClass is allocated to a PVC. After this feature is enabled, you no longer need to create a default StorageClass and then create a PVC to assign the class. Additionally, any PVCs without a StorageClass assigned can be updated later. This feature moves to beta in Kubernetes 1.26. For details, see Retroactive default StorageClass assignment.

          29. PodDisruptionBudget allows users to specify the eviction policies for unhealthy pods.

            You are allowed to specify unhealthy pod eviction policies for PodDisruptionBudget (PDB). This feature helps ensure node availability during node management. This feature is in the beta phase. For details, see Unhealthy Pod Eviction Policy.

            -
          30. The number of Horizontal Pod Autoscaler (HPA) can be configured.

            kube-controller-manager allows --concurrent-horizontal-pod-autoscaler-syncs to configure the number of worker nodes of the pod autoscaler for horizontal scaling.

            +
          31. The number of Horizontal Pod Autoscalers (HPAs) can be configured.

            kube-controller-manager allows --concurrent-horizontal-pod-autoscaler-syncs to configure the number of worker nodes of the pod autoscaler for horizontal scaling.

          32. Deprecations and Removals

            Kubernetes 1.27

            -
            • In Kubernetes 1.27, the feature gates that are used for volume extension and in the GA status, including ExpandCSIVolumes, ExpandInUsePersistentVolumes, and ExpandPersistentVolumes are removed and can no longer be referenced in the --feature-gates flag.
            • The --master-service-namespace parameter is removed. This parameter specifies where to create a Service named kubernetes to represent the API server. This parameter was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.26 and is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The ControllerManagerLeaderMigration feature gate is removed. Leader Migration provides a mechanism for HA clusters to safely migrate "cloud specific" controllers using a resource lock shared between kube-controller-manager and cloud-controller-manager when upgrading the replicated control plane. This feature has been enabled unconditionally since its release in Kubernetes 1.24. In Kubernetes 1.27, this feature is removed.
            • The --enable-taint-manager parameter is removed. The feature that it supports, taint-based eviction, is enabled by default. It will continue to be implicitly enabled when the flag is removed.
            • The --pod-eviction-timeout parameter is removed from kube-controller-manager.
            • The CSIMigration feature gate is removed. The CSI migration program allows smooth migration from the in-tree volume plug-ins to the out-of-tree CSI drivers. This feature was officially released in Kubernetes 1.16.
            • The CSIInlineVolume feature gate is removed. The feature (CSI Ephemeral Volume) allows CSI volumes to be specified directly in the pod specification for ephemeral use cases. They can be used to inject arbitrary states, such as configuration, secrets, identity, variables, or similar information, directly inside the pod using a mounted volume. This feature graduated to GA in Kubernetes 1.25 and is removed in Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The EphemeralContainers feature gate is removed. For Kubernetes 1.27, API support for ephemeral containers is unconditionally enabled.
            • The LocalStorageCapacityIsolation feature gate is removed. This feature gate (Local Ephemeral Storage Capacity Isolation) moved to GA in Kubernetes 1.25. The feature provides support for capacity isolation of local ephemeral storage between pods, such as emptyDir volumes, so that a pod can be limited in its consumption of shared resources. kubelet will evict a pod if its consumption of local ephemeral storage exceeds the configured limit.
            • The NetworkPolicyEndPort feature gate is removed. In Kubernetes 1.25, endPort in NetworkPolicy moved to GA. NetworkPolicy providers that support the endPort field can be used to specify a range of ports to apply NetworkPolicy.
            • The StatefulSetMinReadySeconds feature gate is removed. For a pod that is part of a StatefulSet, Kubernetes marks the pod as read-only when the pod is available (and passes the check) at least within the period specified in minReadySeconds. This feature was officially released in Kubernetes 1.25. It is locked to true and removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The IdentifyPodOS feature gate is removed. If this feature is enabled, you can specify an OS for a pod. It has been stable since Kubernetes 1.25. This feature is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The DaemonSetUpdateSurge feature gate is removed. In Kubernetes 1.25, this feature was stable. It was implemented to minimize DaemonSet downtime during deployment, but it is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The --container-runtime parameter is removed. kubelet accepts a deprecated parameter --container-runtime, and the only valid value will be remote after the dockershim code is removed. This parameter was deprecated in 1.24 and later versions and is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            +
            • In Kubernetes 1.27, the feature gates that are used for volume extension and in the GA status, including ExpandCSIVolumes, ExpandInUsePersistentVolumes, and ExpandPersistentVolumes, are removed and can no longer be referenced in the --feature-gates flag.
            • The --master-service-namespace parameter is removed. This parameter specifies where to create a Service named kubernetes to represent the API server. This parameter was deprecated in Kubernetes 1.26 and is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The ControllerManagerLeaderMigration feature gate is removed. Leader Migration provides a mechanism for HA clusters to safely migrate "cloud specific" controllers using a resource lock shared between kube-controller-manager and cloud-controller-manager when upgrading the replicated control plane. This feature has been enabled unconditionally since its release in Kubernetes 1.24. In Kubernetes 1.27, this feature is removed.
            • The --enable-taint-manager parameter is removed. The feature that it supports, taint-based eviction, is enabled by default. It will continue to be implicitly enabled when the flag is removed.
            • The --pod-eviction-timeout parameter is removed from kube-controller-manager.
            • The CSIMigration feature gate is removed. The CSI migration program allows smooth migration from the in-tree volume plug-ins to the out-of-tree CSI drivers. This feature was officially released in Kubernetes 1.16.
            • The CSIInlineVolume feature gate is removed. The feature (CSI Ephemeral Volume) allows CSI volumes to be specified directly in the pod specification for ephemeral use cases. They can be used to inject arbitrary states, such as configuration, secrets, identity, variables, or similar information, directly inside the pod using a mounted volume. This feature graduated to GA in Kubernetes 1.25 and is removed in Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The EphemeralContainers feature gate is removed. For Kubernetes 1.27, API support for ephemeral containers is unconditionally enabled.
            • The LocalStorageCapacityIsolation feature gate is removed. This feature gate (Local Ephemeral Storage Capacity Isolation) moved to GA in Kubernetes 1.25. The feature provides support for capacity isolation of local ephemeral storage between pods, such as emptyDir volumes, so that a pod can be limited in its consumption of shared resources. kubelet will evict a pod if its consumption of local ephemeral storage exceeds the configured limit.
            • The NetworkPolicyEndPort feature gate is removed. In Kubernetes 1.25, endPort in NetworkPolicy moved to GA. NetworkPolicy providers that support the endPort field can be used to specify a range of ports to apply NetworkPolicy.
            • The StatefulSetMinReadySeconds feature gate is removed. For a pod that is part of a StatefulSet, Kubernetes marks the pod as read-only when the pod is available (and passes the check) for at least within the period specified in minReadySeconds. This feature was officially released in Kubernetes 1.25. It is locked to true and removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The IdentifyPodOS feature gate is removed. If this feature is enabled, you can specify an OS for a pod. It has been stable since Kubernetes 1.25. This feature is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The DaemonSetUpdateSurge feature gate is removed. In Kubernetes 1.25, this feature was stable. It was implemented to minimize DaemonSet downtime during deployment, but it is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.
            • The --container-runtime parameter is removed. kubelet accepts a deprecated parameter --container-runtime. After the dockershim code is removed, the only valid value for this parameter will be remote. This parameter was deprecated in 1.24 and later versions and is removed from Kubernetes 1.27.

            Kubernetes 1.26

            • HorizontalPodAutoscaler API for v2beta2 is removed.

              The autoscaling/v2beta2 API of HorizontalPodAutoscaler is no longer available in Kubernetes 1.26. For details, see Removed APIs by release. Use autoscaling/v2 API instead.

            • The flowcontrol.apiserver.k8s.io/v1beta1 API is removed.

              In Kubernetes 1.26 and later versions, the API of the flowcontrol.apiserver.k8s.io/v1beta1 version for FlowSchema and PriorityLevelConfiguration is no longer served. For details, see Removed APIs by release. The flowcontrol.apiserver.k8s.io/v1beta2 version is available in Kubernetes 1.23 and later versions, and the flowcontrol.apiserver.k8s.io/v1beta3 version is available in Kubernetes 1.26 and later versions.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0095.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0095.html index db98bfea5..06b16710f 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0095.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bulletin_0095.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

              New and Enhanced Features

              • Webhook matching expression is in the GA state.

                The Webhook matching expression feature is advanced to GA. This feature enables admission webhooks to be matched based on specific conditions, providing control over the triggering conditions of the webhooks in a more precise granularity. For details, see Dynamic Admission Control.

              • Pod scheduling readiness is in the GA state.

                The pod scheduling readiness feature is advanced to GA. With this feature, you can add custom scheduling gates to a pod and manage when to remove them. The pod will only be deemed ready for scheduling once all scheduling gates have been removed. For details, see Pod Scheduling Readiness.

              • Validating admission policies are in the GA state.

                Validating admission policies are advanced to GA. This feature allows you to declare the validating admission policies of resources using Common Expression Language (CEL). For details, see Validating Admission Policy.

                -
              • Horizontal pod auto scaling based on container resource metrics is in the GA state.

                The horizontal pod auto scaling feature based on container resource metrics is advanced to GA. This feature allows HPA to configure auto scaling based on the resource usage of each container within a pod, rather than just the overall resource usage of the pod. This makes it easier to set scaling thresholds for the most critical containers in a pod. For details, see Container resource metrics.

                +
              • Horizontal pod auto scaling based on container resource metrics is in the GA state.

                The horizontal pod auto scaling feature based on container resource metrics is advanced to GA. This feature allows HPA to configure auto scaling based on the resource usage of each container within a pod, rather than just the overall resource usage of the pod. This makes it easier to set scaling thresholds for the most critical containers in a pod. For details, see Container resource metrics.

              • The legacy ServiceAccount token cleaner is in the GA state.

                The legacy ServiceAccount token cleaner feature is advanced to GA. It runs as part of kube-controller-manager and checks every 24 hours to see if any auto-generated legacy ServiceAccount token has not been used in a specific amount of time (one year by default, specified by --legacy-service-account-token-clean-up-period). If so, the cleaner marks those tokens as invalid and adds the kubernetes.io/legacy-token-invalid-since label whose value is the current date. If an invalid token is not used for a specific period of time (one year by default, specified by --legacy-service-account-token-clean-up-period), the cleaner deletes it. For details, see Legacy ServiceAccount token cleaner.

              • The minimum domain in the pod topology spread is in the GA state.

                The minimum domain feature in pod topology spread is advanced to GA. This feature allows you to configure a minimum number of domains that meet specific conditions by using the minDomains field in the pod configuration. If the number of domains that match the load topology constraints exceeds the minDomains value, this field will not affect the settings. However, if the number of domains that match the load topology constraints is less than the minDomains value, the global minimum value is set to 0, which represents the minimum number of matched pods in domains that meet the conditions. To prevent pods from being scheduled when topology constraints are not met, this field must be used together with whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule. For details, see Spread constraint definition.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00015.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00015.html index 0302537f6..e85210419 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00015.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00015.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ spec: NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT sda 8:0 0 50G 0 disk └─sda1 8:1 0 50G 0 part / -sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50 GiB space is free. +sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50-GiB space is not allocated. ├─vgpaas-dockersys 253:0 0 90G 0 lvm /var/lib/containerd └─vgpaas-kubernetes 253:1 0 10G 0 lvm /mnt/paas/kubernetes/kubelet
            • Expand the disk capacity.

              Add the new disk capacity to the dockersys logical volume used by the container engine.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00018.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00018.html index 77ff8f922..103696617 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00018.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00018.html @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT sda 8:0 0 50G 0 disk └─sda1 8:1 0 50G 0 part / -sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50 GiB space is free. +sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50-GiB space is not allocated. ├─vgpaas-dockersys 253:0 0 90G 0 lvm /var/lib/containerd └─vgpaas-kubernetes 253:1 0 10G 0 lvm /mnt/paas/kubernetes/kubelet
            • Expand the disk capacity.

              Add the new disk capacity to the dockersys logical volume used by the container engine.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00027.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00027.html index d1323f5bb..bf94e2eab 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00027.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00027.html @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
            -

            Check Item 2: EIP Quota

            Symptom

            +

            Check Item 2: EIP Quota

            Symptom

            When a node is added, EIP is set to Auto create. The node cannot be created, and a message indicating that EIPs are insufficient is displayed.

            Solution

            @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

            Check Item 5: Private DNS Resolution

            During node creation, software packages are downloaded from OBS via the domain name. A private DNS server must be used to resolve the OBS domain name. Therefore, the DNS server address of the subnet where the node resides must be set to a private DNS server address so that the node can access the private DNS server. By default, the private DNS server is used when you create a subnet. However, if you have modified the subnet DNS, verify that the DNS server in use can resolve the OBS domain name. If it cannot, you will need to use the private DNS server.

            To confirm and modify the DNS of the subnet where the node resides, take the following steps:

            1. Log in to the CCE console and click the cluster name to access the cluster console.
            2. View the node subnet.

              • For the default node pool: In the navigation pane, choose Overview. In the Networking Configuration area, view the subnet name.

                -

                +

              • For a custom node pool: In the navigation pane, choose Node Pools. On the Node Pools tab, click the node pool name and view the subnet name. A node pool may be associated with multiple subnets.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00098.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00098.html index 880fc4dd5..d8fd36334 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00098.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00098.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Events: <none> NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT sda 8:0 0 50G 0 disk └─sda1 8:1 0 50G 0 part / -sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50 GiB space is free. +sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50-GiB space is not allocated. ├─vgpaas-dockersys 253:0 0 90G 0 lvm /var/lib/containerd └─vgpaas-kubernetes 253:1 0 10G 0 lvm /mnt/paas/kubernetes/kubelet
            3. Expand the disk capacity.

              Add the new disk capacity to the dockersys logical volume used by the container engine.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00202.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00202.html index d33d7a157..f2dddbe65 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00202.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00202.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@

              How Do I Locate a Workload Networking Fault?

              -

              Fault Locating

              The issues here are described in order of how likely they are to occur.

              -

              If the fault persists after you have ruled out one cause, move on to the next one.

              +

              Fault Locating

              Possible causes are described here in order of how likely they are to occur.

              +

              If the fault persists after you have ruled out a cause, check other causes.

              Check Item 1: Container and Container Port

              Log in to the CCE console or use kubectl to obtain the pod IP address. Then, log in to the node or the pod and run curl to manually call the API and check whether the expected result is returned.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00307.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00307.html index 4b0244681..1caf3a55c 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00307.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00307.html @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT sda 8:0 0 50G 0 disk └─sda1 8:1 0 50G 0 part / -sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50 GiB space is free. +sdb 8:16 0 150G 0 disk # The data disk has been expanded to 150 GiB, but 50-GiB space is not allocated. ├─vgpaas-dockersys 253:0 0 90G 0 lvm /var/lib/containerd └─vgpaas-kubernetes 253:1 0 10G 0 lvm /mnt/paas/kubernetes/kubelet
            4. Expand the disk capacity.

              Add the new disk capacity to the dockersys logical volume used by the container engine.

              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00468.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00468.html index a0cb5175e..11ce320f7 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00468.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_faq_00468.html @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Allocated resources: localssd 0 0 localvolume 0 0

              Specifically:

              -
              • Allocatable: specifies the total number of allocatable resources like CPUs, memory, and temporary storage on a node.
              • Allocated resources: specifies the total number of resources like CPUs, memory, and temporary storage that have been allocated to the pods on a node.
              +
              • Allocatable: specifies the total number of allocatable resources like CPUs, memory, and temporary storage on a node.
              • Allocated resources: specifies the total number or amount of resources (such as CPU, memory, and temporary storage) that has been allocated to the pods on a node.

              Solution

              If the resources on a node are not enough for pod scheduling, reduce the node load through either of the following ways:
              • Delete unnecessary pods.
              • Restrict the resource configurations of pods based on service requirements.
              • Add more nodes to the cluster.
              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_productdesc_0005.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_productdesc_0005.html index 972663431..e5243a772 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_productdesc_0005.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_productdesc_0005.html @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

              Storage Volumes

              • Constraints on EVS volumes:
                • EVS disks cannot be attached across AZs and cannot be used by multiple workloads, multiple pods of the same workload, or multiple tasks. Data sharing of a shared disk is not supported between nodes in a CCE cluster. If an EVS disk is attached to multiple nodes, I/O conflicts and data cache conflicts may occur. Therefore, select only one pod when creating a Deployment that uses EVS disks.
                • For clusters earlier than v1.19.10, if an HPA policy is used to scale out a workload with EVS volumes mounted, the existing pods cannot be read or written when a new pod is scheduled to another node.

                  For clusters v1.19.10 and later, if an HPA policy is used to scale out a workload with EVS volumes mounted, a new pod cannot be started because EVS disks cannot be attached.

              • Constraints on SFS volumes:
                • Multiple PVs can use the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system with the following restrictions:
                  • If a pod mounts an SFS or SFS Turbo volume used by multiple PVCs/PVs, and the PVs have identical volumeHandle values, the pod may fail to start. To avoid this issue, do not mount the same SFS or SFS Turbo file system to the same pod.
                  • The persistentVolumeReclaimPolicy parameter in the PVs must be set to Retain. Otherwise, when a PV is deleted, the associated underlying volume may be deleted. In this case, other PVs associated with the underlying volume malfunction.
                  • When the underlying volume is repeatedly used, enable isolation and protection for ReadWriteMany at the application layer to prevent data overwriting and loss.
                  -
                +
              • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, Everest v2.0.9 or later must be installed in the cluster.
              • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, the owner group and permission of the mount point cannot be modified. The default owner of the mount point is user root.
              • If a general purpose file system (SFS 3.0 Capacity-Oriented) is used, there may be latency during the creation or deletion of PVCs and PVs. The billing duration is determined by the time when the resource is created or deleted on the SFS console.
              • SFS volumes are available only in certain regions.
            5. Constraints on OBS volumes:
              • If OBS volumes are used, the owner group and permission of the mount point cannot be modified.
              • Every time an OBS volume is mounted to a workload through a PVC, a resident process is created in the backend. When a workload uses too many OBS volumes or reads and writes a large number of object storage files, resident processes will consume a significant amount of memory. To ensure stable running of the workload, make sure that the number of OBS volumes used does not exceed the requested memory. For example, if the workload requests for 4 GiB of memory, the number of OBS volumes should be no more than 4.
              • Secure containers do not support OBS volumes.
              • Hard links are not supported when common buckets are mounted.
              • Read-only is not supported when an OBS PVC is mounted to a workload.
            6. Constraints on local PVs:
              • Local PVs are supported only when the cluster version is v1.21.2-r0 or later and the Everest add-on version is 2.1.23 or later. Version 2.1.23 or later is recommended.
              • Removing, deleting, resetting, or scaling in a node will cause the PVC/PV data of the local PV associated with the node to be lost, which cannot be restored or used again. In these scenarios, the pod that uses the local PV is evicted from the node. A new pod will be created and stays in the pending state. This is because the PVC used by the pod has a node label, due to which the pod cannot be scheduled. After the node is reset, the pod may be scheduled to the reset node. In this case, the pod remains in the creating state because the underlying logical volume corresponding to the PVC does not exist.
              • Do not manually delete the corresponding storage pool or detach data disks from the node. Otherwise, exceptions such as data loss may occur.
              • A local PV cannot be mounted to multiple workloads or jobs at the same time.
              diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366536.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366536.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14faf2e59 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366536.png differ diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366538.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366538.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b1bca615 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002511366538.png differ diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002516198045.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002516198045.png deleted file mode 100644 index c7854e2a2..000000000 Binary files a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002516198045.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002484119690.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002518226090.png similarity index 100% rename from docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002484119690.png rename to docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002518226090.png diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806497.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806497.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..479e262b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806497.png differ diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806499.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806499.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17692d1c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0000002542806499.png differ diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0258889981.png b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0258889981.png index 67e6b7324..c32732b78 100644 Binary files a/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0258889981.png and b/docs/cce/umn/en-us_image_0258889981.png differ
            Table 3 Related operations

            Operation

            Description

            +

            Description

            Procedure

            +

            Procedure

            Viewing events

            +

            Viewing events

            View event names, event types, number of occurrences, Kubernetes events, first occurrence time, and last occurrence time of the PVC or PV.

            +

            View event names, event types, number of occurrences, Kubernetes events, first occurrence time, and last occurrence time of the PVC or PV.

            1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs or PVs tab.
            2. Click View Events in the Operation column of the target PVC or PV to view events generated within one hour (events are retained for one hour).
            +
            1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs or PVs tab.
            2. Click View Events in the Operation column of the target PVC or PV to view events generated within one hour (events are retained for one hour).

            Viewing a YAML file

            +

            Viewing a YAML file

            View, copy, or download the YAML file of a PVC or PV.

            +

            View, copy, or download the YAML file of a PVC or PV.

            1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs or PVs tab.
            2. Click View YAML in the Operation column of the target PVC or PV to view or download the YAML.
            +
            1. Choose Storage in the navigation pane. In the right pane, click the PVCs or PVs tab.
            2. Click View YAML in the Operation column of the target PVC or PV to view or download the YAML.

            Editing Reclaim Policy

            +

            Editing Reclaim Policy

            Modify the reclaim policy of a PV.

            +

            Modify the reclaim policy of a PV.

            1. In the navigation pane, choose Storage. Then click the PVs tab.
            2. Locate the row containing the target PV and choose More > Edit Reclaim Policy.
            +
            1. In the navigation pane, choose Storage. Then click the PVs tab.
            2. Locate the row containing the target PV and choose More > Edit Reclaim Policy.

            Synchronizing PVC capacity (supported only for PVCs created from non-subdirectories of SFS Capacity-Oriented file systems)

            +

            Synchronizing PVC capacity (supported only for PVCs created from non-subdirectories of SFS Capacity-Oriented file systems)

            When the underlying storage outgrows the PVC, resize the PVC capacity on the CCE console to match the new size.

            +

            When the underlying storage outgrows the PVC, resize the PVC capacity on the CCE console to match the new size.

            1. In the navigation pane, choose Storage. Then, click the PVCs tab.
            2. Locate the target PVC and click Synchronize in the Capacity column to make the PVC capacity consistent with the underlying storage capacity.

              Synchronize is only displayed when the underlying storage capacity is greater than the PVC capacity.

              +
            1. In the navigation pane, choose Storage. Then, click the PVCs tab.
            2. Locate the target PVC and click Synchronize in the Capacity column to make the PVC capacity consistent with the underlying storage capacity.

              Synchronize is only displayed when the underlying storage capacity is greater than the PVC capacity.

            None

            Billed by traffic or bandwidth

            +

            Bandwidth mode.

            You are advised to configure this parameter. If this parameter is left blank, no billing mode is specified. In this case, the default value of the EIP API in the region is used.

            • bandwidth: billed by bandwidth
            • traffic: billed by traffic
            +
            • traffic: billed by traffic

            yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-name

            @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ spec:

            Whether to allocate an EIP with a pod and bind the EIP to the pod

            false or true

            +

            false or true

            yangtse.io/eip-network-type

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0734.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0734.html index 810220da3..90ef456ad 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0734.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0734.html @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ spec: yangtse.io/pod-with-eip: "true" # An EIP will be automatically allocated when the pod is created. yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-size: "5" # EIP bandwidth yangtse.io/eip-network-type: 5_bgp # EIP type - yangtse.io/eip-charge-mode: bandwidth # EIP billing mode + yangtse.io/eip-charge-mode: traffic # EIP billing mode yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-name: <eip_bandwidth_name> # EIP bandwidth name spec: containers: @@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ spec:

            None

            Billed by traffic or bandwidth

            +

            Bandwidth mode.

            You are advised to configure this parameter. If this parameter is left blank, no billing mode is specified. In this case, the default value of the EIP API in the region is used.

            • bandwidth: billed by bandwidth
            • traffic: billed by traffic
            +
            • traffic: billed by traffic

            yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-name

            @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ spec:

            Whether to allocate an EIP with a pod and bind the EIP to the pod

            false or true

            +

            false or true

            yangtse.io/eip-network-type

            @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ metadata: yangtse.io/pod-with-eip: "true" yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-size: "5" yangtse.io/eip-network-type: 5_bgp - yangtse.io/eip-charge-mode: bandwidth + yangtse.io/eip-charge-mode: traffic yangtse.io/eip-bandwidth-name: "xxx" spec: initContainers: diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0850.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0850.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91b25b59f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0850.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + +

            Comparison Between LoadBalancer Ingresses and Nginx Ingresses

            +

            In CCE, clusters can use Nginx ingresses and LoadBalancer ingresses to enable Layer 7 network access for applications.

            +
            • Nginx ingresses, enhanced by CCE using the NGINX Ingress Controller from the community, regularly update community features and bug fixes. Nginx ingresses provide various configuration options, catering to users with advanced gateway customization requirements.
            • LoadBalancer ingresses, backed by ELB, offer fully managed and O&M-free services. They can handle tens of millions of concurrent connections and millions of new connections. LoadBalancer ingresses can access both shared and dedicated load balancers.
            +

            This section describes the differences between Nginx ingresses and LoadBalancer ingresses.

            +

            Typical Application Scenarios

            +
            + + + + + + + + + + +

            Type

            +

            Feature

            +

            Nginx ingress

            +
            • Standard configurations
            • Extensive gateway customization
            • Canary release and blue-green deployment of cloud native applications
            +

            LoadBalancer ingress

            +
            • Hosted gateway that is highly available and O&M-free
            • Layer 7 high-performance auto scaling of cloud native applications
            • Canary release and blue-green deployment of cloud native applications
            • Isolated resources for dedicated use. A load balancer deployed in a single AZ can handle up to 20 million concurrent connections, making it ideal for managing a large volume of requests.
            +
            +
            +
            +

            Functions

            +
            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

            Item

            +

            Nginx Ingress

            +

            LoadBalancer Ingress

            +

            Positioning

            +

            Layer 7 traffic governance offers various advanced routing functions.

            +
            • Layer 7 traffic governance offers various advanced routing functions. It seamlessly incorporates cloud native technologies to deliver fully managed load balancing services that are O&M-free, highly available, high-performance, ultra-secure, and support multiple protocols.
            • Computing resources can be scaled to handle traffic surges.
            • LoadBalancer ingresses can handle tens of millions of concurrent connections and millions of new connections.
            +

            Basic routing

            +
            • Routing can be based on content and source IP addresses.
            • HTTP header modification, redirection, rewriting, rate limiting, cross-region routing, and sticky sessions are available.
            • Forwarding rules can be configured for both requests and responses, and the rules for responses can be configured using extended Snippet.
            • Forwarding rules are matched based on the longest path. If multiple paths are matched, the longest forwarding path is prioritized.
            +
            • Routing can be based on content and source IP addresses.
            • HTTP header modification, redirection, rewriting, rate limiting, cross-region routing, and sticky sessions are available.
            • Forwarding rules can be configured for both requests and responses.
            • Forwarding rules are prioritized in descending order. If multiple paths are matched, a lower value indicates a higher priority.
            +

            Protocol

            +
            • HTTP and HTTPS
            • WebSocket, WSS, and gRPC
            +
            • HTTP and HTTPS
            • gRPC
            +

            Configuration modification

            +
            • Processes must be reloaded for non-backend endpoint changes. This causes loss to persistent connections.
            • Lua supports hot updates of endpoint changes.
            • Processes must be reloaded for a Lua modification.
            +

            The declarative OpenAPI between cloud services enables the dynamic loading of modified configurations to ELB.

            +

            Authentication

            +
            • Basic authentication
            • OAuth
            +

            TLS authentication

            +

            Performance

            +
            • Both system and Nginx parameters require manual optimization for performance tuning.
            • To ensure proper system running, you must configure a proper number of replicas and resource limits. For more information, see Creating an Nginx Ingress on the Console.
            +

            LoadBalancer ingresses can handle tens of millions of concurrent connections and millions of new connections.

            +

            Observability

            +
            • Log collection through Access Log
            • Monitoring and alarm configuration through Prometheus
            +
            • Log access for cloud services through interconnected LTS
            • Auditing key operations
            • Metrics-backed monitoring through interconnected Cloud Eye
            • Alarm rules configurable through interconnected Cloud Eye
            +

            O&M

            +
            • Bring-your-own component maintenance and periodic version synchronization from the community
            • Scaling through HPA
            • Proactive configuration for optimization
            +
            • Fully managed and O&M-free
            • Configuration-free automatic scaling for ultra-large capacity
            • Auto scaling based on service traffic
            +

            Security

            +
            • HTTPS
            • Blocklists and trustlists
            +
            • SSL-integrated HTTPS for full-link HTTPS, SNI multi-certificate, RSA, ECC dual-certification, TLS 1.3, and TLS algorithm suites
            • WAF
            • Anti-DDoS
            • Blocklists and trustlists
            • Custom security policies
            +

            Service governance

            +
            +
            • Canary release and blue-green deployment
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            + +
            + diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0858.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0858.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f14d09f38 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0858.html @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ + + +

            Redirecting Traffic from an Nginx Ingress to a LoadBalancer Ingress

            +

            This section contains important information. Ignoring the information may affect your services.

            +
            +

            Context

            The Kubernetes contributor community recently released a blog post Ingress NGINX Retirement: What You Need to Know, in which SIG Network and the Security Response Committee jointly announced the upcoming retirement of Ingress NGINX.

            +

            Key points of this notice:

            +
            • The project will be maintained until March 2026. Afterward, there will be no official support.
            • There will be no further releases.
            • There will be no function bug fixes and no updates to resolve any security vulnerabilities (including high-risk CVEs that may be discovered).
            • The GitHub repositories will be made read-only and left available for reference.
            • Existing deployments of Ingress NGINX will continue to function, and installation packages will remain available. However, no more updates to security vulnerabilities have caused a strong reaction among community and enterprise users. Although the official recommended that all Ingress NGINX users begin migration to Gateway API or any one of other 20+ active ingress controllers, most enterprises are concerned about the following issues:
              • Can the new controller be compatible with the annotations of the Nginx ingress?
              • How do I redirect traffic in grayscale mode without service interruptions?
              • How do I roll back in seconds if traffic is abnormal?
              +
            +

            CCE LoadBalancer ingresses can help you smoothly redirect traffic from Nginx ingresses. We provide a complete redirection solution that has been verified in production. This solution covers the annotation replacement table, grayscale traffic redirection, monitoring and alarms, and rollback in seconds, which can ensure no service interruptions and hitless rollout.

            +
            +

            LoadBalancer Ingress Overview

            As a hosted ingress solution of CCE, LoadBalancer ingresses have many advantages over the community edition nginx-ingress in enterprise-class application scenarios. The core advantage is the hosted architecture. You do not need to deploy or maintain the controller. CCE is responsible for high-availability deployment, fault self-healing, and version iteration, greatly reducing O&M complexity and labor costs.

            +

            With the distributed architecture of ELB, this solution provides powerful performance and auto scaling, which can easily handle high-concurrency traffic. You can achieve automatic workload scale-out without manually optimizing configurations. This ensures service stability during peak hours. In addition, this solution is deeply integrated with services such as WAF, certificate hosting, and monitoring and logging. Security and compliance capabilities can be enabled with just one click, without extra development and integration, simplifying the process of implementing enterprise-level functions.

            +

            Its visualized pages and comprehensive fault diagnosis tools make using the Kubernetes ingress easier, and improve rule synchronization and troubleshooting efficiency. For enterprises' core services running on CCE, LoadBalancer ingresses are the optimal choice with cost-effectiveness, security, and reliability, as well as high performance, stability, and ease of use.

            +

            For details about the comparison between LoadBalancer ingresses and Nginx ingresses, see Comparison Between LoadBalancer Ingresses and Nginx Ingresses.

            +
            +

            Traffic Redirection Process

            You can resolve the same domain name to the IP addresses of the load balancers used by an Nginx ingress and a LoadBalancer ingress and adjust the DNS records' weights of the two ingresses to redirect traffic. This redirection is transparent to the clients. The following figure shows the process of DNS-based traffic redirection.

            +

            DNS-based traffic redirection is not the only way to achieve transparent redirection. The examples in this section are for reference only.

            +
            +

            +

            As the technology stacks are different, the annotations of Nginx ingresses need to be converted into the LoadBalancer ingress specifications for traffic redirection. For details, see Table 1. For more LoadBalancer ingress configuration specifications, see Configuring Advanced LoadBalancer Ingress Functions Using Annotations.

            +

            A LoadBalancer ingress supports 80% to 90% of Nginx rules, but does not support Nginx-specific functions, such as nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-* (authentication required on the ELB console) or nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/configuration-snippet (no equivalent ELB rule for custom Nginx configuration).

            + +
            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            Table 1 Comparison of common annotations

            Function

            +

            Example Nginx Annotation

            +

            Example of Equivalent LoadBalancer Annotation

            +

            Specifying ingress class

            +

            kubernetes.io/ingress.class: "nginx"

            +

            spec.ingressClassName: "cce" or kubernetes.io/ingress.class: "cce" (v1.21 and earlier)

            +

            Associating the load balancer ID

            +

            None (The load balancer is specified when the NGINX Ingress Controller add-on is installed.)

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.id: "<elb-uuid>"

            +

            Load balancer type/specifications

            +

            None

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.class: "union" (shared) or kubernetes.io/elb.class: "performance" (dedicated)

            +

            Frontend port

            +

            None

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.port: "80"

            +

            Automatically creating a load balancer

            +

            None

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.autocreate: '{"type":"inner", "name": "A-location-d-test"}'

            +

            Rewriting a URL

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/rewrite-target: /$2

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.rewrite-target: "/$2"

            +

            Redirecting HTTP to HTTPS

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-redirect: "true"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.ssl-redirect: "true"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.listen-ports: '[{"HTTP":80},{"HTTPS":443}]'

            +

            IP address whitelist

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/whitelist-source-range: "192.168.0.0/16"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.acl-id: '<acl-uid>'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.acl-status: 'on'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.acl-type: 'black'

            +

            CORS support

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/enable-cors: "true"

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/cors-allow-origin: "*"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-allow-origin: 'http://example.com'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-allow-headers: 'fake-header-1'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-expose-headers: 'fake-header-2'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-allow-methods: 'GET,POST'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-allow-credentials: 'true'

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.cors-max-age: '3600'

            +

            TLS certificate

            +

            spec.tls.secretName (TLS secret)

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.tls-certificate-id: "<cert-id>" (load balancer certificate) or spec.tls.secretName (TLS secret)

            +

            Grayscale release

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/canary: "true"

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/canary-weight: "20"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.canary: "true"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.canary-weight: "100"

            +

            Slow startup

            +

            No direct support

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.slow-start: "30"

            +

            Tags

            +

            None

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.tags: '{"key1":"value1","key2":"value2"}'

            +

            HTTP/2

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-protocols: "TLSv1.2 TLSv1.3"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.http2-enable: "true"

            +

            gRPC support

            +

            nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/backend-protocol: "GRPC"

            +

            kubernetes.io/elb.pool-protocol: "grpc"

            +
            +
            +
            +

            Example Scenario

            Assume that your company is using a CCE cluster to run services. You have set up domain-based and URL-based forwarding rules for the ingress using NGINX Ingress Controller. The services are accessible externally through a domain name hosted on DNS. When a client requests access to the domain name example.com, the Nginx ingress forwards the request to the pods associated with the Service based on the forwarding rules created on the ingress.

            +

            +

            To develop services, you must transfer data from the Nginx ingress to a LoadBalancer ingress. To maintain service stability, you want to keep the DNS domain name and IP addresses of backend servers unchanged. To meet this requirement, you can configure LoadBalancer ingress rules in the CCE cluster to preserve the previous forwarding rules. Then, adjust the weights of the DNS records to redirect traffic from the Nginx ingress to the LoadBalancer ingress.

            +

            +

            After all traffic is redirected to the LoadBalancer ingress, you can delete the DNS record and resources of the Nginx ingress. This process is transparent to the client.

            +

            +
            • Redirect traffic during off-peak hours.
            • Before redirecting traffic, compare the forwarding rules of the Nginx ingress and LoadBalancer ingress and conduct tests to ensure that the two ingresses have the same access functions. This prevents services from being affected during traffic redirection.
            +
            +
            +

            Step 1: Configure the Target LoadBalancer Ingress

            1. Create the target LoadBalancer ingress. This example uses a basic LoadBalancer ingress that directs traffic to the original backend service, with no complex forwarding rules added. In actual services, you need to analyze the original Nginx ingress forwarding rules and add alternatives to the LoadBalancer ingress. For details, see Table 1.

              In this example, an existing load balancer is used to create an ingress, and the elbingress.yaml is for reference only. You can also choose to automatically create a load balancer associated with the ingress. For more information, see Creating a LoadBalancer Ingress Using kubectl.
              apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
              +kind: Ingress 
              +metadata: 
              +  name: ingress-test
              +  annotations: 
              +    kubernetes.io/elb.id: <your_elb_id>  # Replace it with the ID of your existing load balancer.
              +    kubernetes.io/elb.ip: <your_elb_ip>  # Replace it with the IP address of your existing load balancer.
              +    kubernetes.io/elb.class: performance  # Load balancer type. performance indicates a dedicated load balancer.
              +    kubernetes.io/elb.port: '80' 
              +spec:
              +  rules: 
              +  - host: 'example.com'            # Replace it with your domain name.
              +    http: 
              +      paths: 
              +      - path: '/'
              +        backend: 
              +          service:
              +            name: <your_service_name>  # Replace it with the name of your target Service, which is the same as the Service associated with the original Nginx ingress.
              +            port: 
              +              number: 8080             # Replace 8080 with the port number of your target Service.
              +        property:
              +          ingress.beta.kubernetes.io/url-match-mode: STARTS_WITH
              +        pathType: ImplementationSpecific
              +  ingressClassName: cce  
              +
              +

            2. Run the following command to create the ingress:

              kubectl apply -f elbingress.yaml
              +

            3. After the LoadBalancer ingress is created, fully verify this ingress to ensure that its access function is the same as that of the Nginx ingress.
            +
            +

            Step 2: Gradually Redirect Traffic to the LoadBalancer Ingress

            Before redirecting traffic, ensure you have created an A record to map the domain name to the public IP address of the load balancer used by the Nginx ingress. You can configure weighted DNS records to redirect traffic from the Nginx ingress to the LoadBalancer ingress.

            +

            To redirect traffic, do as follows:

            +
            1. Go to Public Zones.
            2. On the Public Zones page, click the domain name (example.com) of the public zone.
            3. The Record Sets page is displayed. You can find an A record, which contains the public IP address of the load balancer used by the Nginx ingress. Set the weight of this A record to 100.
            4. Add an A record set. To do so, click Add Record Set, and set Value to the public IP address of the load balancer used by the LoadBalancer ingress and Weight to 0.

              +

            5. Decrease the DNS record weight of the Nginx ingress (for example, to 90) and increase the DNS record weight of the LoadBalancer ingress (for example, to 10) without affecting any services.
            6. Verify the traffic redirection effect and ensure that some traffic has been forwarded to the LoadBalancer ingress and there is no exception.
            7. Repeat 5 to 6 to gradually decrease the DNS record weight of the Nginx ingress to 0 and increase the DNS record weight of the LoadBalancer ingress to 100.
            +
            +

            Step 3: Delete Unnecessary Resources

            After all persistent connections to the Nginx ingress are released and there is no more traffic being forwarded to it, you can safely release any unnecessary resources after observing for a period of time.

            +
            1. Delete the DNS record of the Nginx ingress.
            2. Delete the resources of the Nginx ingress from the cluster.
            3. Uninstall NGINX Ingress Controller.
            4. Delete the load balancer used by the Nginx ingress.
            +
            +

            Helpful Links

            +
            +
            +
            + +
            + diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0945.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0945.html index b05a8c026..69deda60f 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0945.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_10_0945.html @@ -169,7 +169,24 @@ kubectl patch daemonset -nkube-system yangtse-cilium --type='json' -p="[{\"op\":

            2.0.2

            +

            2.1.1

            +

            Commercial use

            +

            v1.27

            +

            v1.28

            +

            v1.29

            +

            v1.30

            +

            v1.31

            +

            v1.32

            +

            v1.33

            +
            • Support for only the CCE standard clusters that use VPC networks
            • Upgraded Cilium to v1.17.6.
            • Support for CCE standard clusters of v1.33
            • Custom Cilium parameters
            • Configurable Hubble observability
            +

            v1.17

            +

            2.0.2

            OBT

            v1.17

            1.0.16

            +

            Limited OBT

            +

            v1.27

            +

            v1.28

            +

            v1.29

            +

            v1.30

            +

            v1.31

            +

            v1.32

            +

            v1.33

            +
            • Support for CCE Turbo clusters of v1.33
            +

            v1.14

            +

            1.0.15

            Limited OBT

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_00004.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_00004.html index 24fb1a9f2..456bc4b59 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_00004.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_00004.html @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@

            Specifies the desired region. Regions are geographic areas that are physically isolated from each other. The networks inside different regions are not connected to each other, so resources cannot be shared across different regions. For lower network latency and faster access to your resources, select the region nearest you.

            N/A

            +

            -

            Name

            @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

            Select Enable for IPv6 CIDR Block. An IPv6 CIDR block will be automatically assigned to the subnet. IPv6 cannot be disabled after the subnet is created. Currently, you are not allowed to specify a custom IPv6 CIDR block.

            N/A

            +

            -

            Associated Route Table

            @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

            Specifies the desired region. Regions are geographic areas that are physically isolated from each other. The networks inside different regions are not connected to each other, so resources cannot be shared across different regions. For lower network latency and faster access to your resources, select the region nearest you.

            N/A

            +

            -

            Bandwidth

            diff --git a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0310.html b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0310.html index 8c88cfe56..e39f5fea8 100644 --- a/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0310.html +++ b/docs/cce/umn/cce_bestpractice_0310.html @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ aws_secret_access_key = {SK}

            Specify the OBS bucket configurations, including region, s3ForcePathStyle, s3Url, and more.

            • region: the region where the OBS bucket is located.
              • Configure this parameter based on the actual region, for example, eu-de.
              -
            • s3ForcePathStyle: If this parameter is set to false, a bucket domain name in the virtual-hosted–style is used. The bucket name is directly embedded in the access domain name, for example, {bucket-name}.obs.{region}.{domain}.com.
            • s3Url: API access address of the OBS bucket.
              • The value is in the format of http://obs.{region}otc.t-systems.com. It is determined by the region where the OBS bucket is located. For example, if the region is eu-de, the parameter value is http://obs.eu-de.otc.t-systems.com.
              +
            • s3ForcePathStyle: If this parameter is set to false, a bucket domain name in the virtual-hosted–style is used. The bucket name is directly embedded in the access domain name, for example, {bucket-name}.obs.{region}.{domain}.com.
            • s3Url: API access address of the OBS bucket.
              • The value is in the format of http://obs.{region}otc.t-systems.com. It is determined by the region where the OBS bucket is located. For example, if the region is eu-de, the parameter value is http://obs.eu-de.otc.t-systems.com.